Home

caution - Pontiac

1. 1 1 1 1 1 38 WINGOWS Ss sogne E a 2 14 ManwWall 228 sivte nit Aenea aen es en es 2 15 POWER cc bi san onein ema IE DDE nE klm Ds 2 15 Windshield Washer aoeeoe a E O E nea 3 9 Washer Fluid craneae SPISES ERR 5 29 Wiper Blade Replacement eeeeeeee es 5 47 Wiper Blades Cleaning ceeeeeeeeeee es 5 99 Wiper FUSS 3 Lc ccectewinee tein hb bek eee kbh 5 103 WIPOISsisiscecWoctssieiiiiee einai tthe ean diedaves 3 8 Winter DIVING iasomie korere nea ai 4 19 Wiper Activated Headlamps sssssssseseeeenee 3 13 XM Radio Messages csceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee es 3 73 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 87 Your Vehicle and the Environment 0 0 6 2
2. cccececceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 9 Using the Maintenance Schedule 55 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ccseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 4 6 14 Additional Required Services c eeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing ccecce 6 15 Maintenance Footnotes cceseceeeeeeeee ees 6 7 Maintenance Record 2cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 16 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements the vehicle warranties See the Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep this vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire
3. ceeeeeeeeeee eee ees 2 10 Rearview Mirrors 2 cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 36 Reclining Seatbacks eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerees 1 4 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing s eeeeeeeeeees 4 28 Reimbursement Program GM Mobility 7 7 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 0 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System jole reiol n si sccassececssusrsesescevesersasvemeeedaaenessed sed 2 3 Remote Vehicle Start c cccececneeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 6 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire ccecceceececeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 5 86 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 5 82 Replacement Bulbs 2 c ceeeeeeeeeeerereeeeees 5 47 Replacement Parts Maintenance 2 5 6 14 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian GOVErNMENT 02 nanie E e aa E ENEAS 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the U S Government 0 eee cee ee cece ec eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneas 7 15 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 0 0 1 66 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash vesisdcwsdecsas rrea TEE EAEE TEEPEE REEE 1 67 Retained Accessory Power RAP escccccccc 2 23 Ride Control Systems cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 4 6 Electronic Stability ESC cc ceeeeeeeeee eee eeeee 4 6 R
4. 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitter s remote start button until the vehicle s turn signal lamps flash When the vehicle starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the engine is running 3 If it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat these steps while the engine is running to extend the time by 10 minutes for the engine to continue to run After entering the vehicle after a remote start insert and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle The engine will shut off automatically after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done or the vehicle s key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned to ON RUN To manually shut off a remote start do any of the following The parking lamps will turn off to indicate the engine is off Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and release the remote start button Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN and then LOCK OFF Your vehicle s engine can be started two times per ignition cycle using the transmitter s remote start feature If the remote start procedure is used again before the first 10 minute time frame has ended the first 10 minutes will immediately expire and the second 10 minute time frame will start The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if any of the follow occur The r
5. Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be nec
6. 1 Make sure the shift lever is in P Park M Remove the cover from the bottom of the steering column 3 Locate the plunger 4 Press and hold the plunger while turning the ignition key to LOCK OFF Remove the key Have the vehicle serviced at your dealer retailer as soon as possible Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories may be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off Audio System Power Windows if equipped Sunroof if equipped The power windows and sunroof will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened The radio will work when the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Once the key is turned from ON RUN to OFF LOCK the radio will continue to work for 10 minutes or until the driver s door is opened 2 23 Starting the Engine Place the transmission in the proper gear Automatic Transmission Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neutral The engine will not start in any other position To restart the vehicle when it is already moving use N Neutral only Notice Do not try to shift to P Park if the vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to P Park only when the vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in N Neutral and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal down to the floor and start the engine The vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the
7. Call muted To Cancel Mute 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Mute Call The system responds with Resuming call Transferring a Call Audio can be transferred between the in vehicle Bluetooth system and the cell phone To Transfer Audio to the Cell Phone During a call with the audio in the vehicle 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Transfer Call The system responds with Transferring call and the audio will switch from the vehicle to the cell phone To Transfer Audio to the In Vehicle Bluetooth System The cellular phone must be paired and connected with the Bluetooth system before a call can be transferred The connection process can take up to two minutes after the key is turned to the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position During a call with the audio on the cell phone press for more than two seconds The audio switches from the cell phone to the vehicle Voice Pass Thru Voice Pass Thru allows access to the voice recognition commands on the cell phone See the cell phone manufacturers user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature This feature can be used to verbally access contacts stored in the cell phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluet
8. On a perfectly level surface which is level all the way to the wall Placed so it is at a right angle to the wall Clear of any snow ice or mud on it Fully assembled with the tires properly inflated and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done Normally loaded with a full tank of fuel with the spare tire in the proper location and one person or 160 lbs 75 kg on the driver seat Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly To adjust the vertical aim on the headlamps 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 2 Record the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low beam headlamp 5 39 3 At the wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 2 and mark it 4 Draw or tape a horizontal line B on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 3 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 5 5 40 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard in front of the headlamp not being adjusted Do not place it directly on the headlamp This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface 6 Locate the vertical headlamp aimi
9. For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 or call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center U S www gmownercenter com pontiac Information and services customized for your specific vehicle all in one convenient place Digital owner manual warranty information and more Online service and maintenance records Find Pontiac dealers for service nationwide Exclusive privileges and offers e Recall notices for your specific vehicle OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries Other Helpful Links Pontiac www pontiac com Pontiac Merchandise www pontiacmall com Help Center www pontiac com helpcenter FAQ Contact Us My GM Canada Canada www gm ca My GM Canada is a password protected section of www gm ca where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and sav
10. See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive belt or that there is an electrical problem Have it checked right away If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with the light on turn off accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 3 28 Up Shift Light The vehicle may have an up shift light When this light comes on shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions allow See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 28 for more information Brake System Warning Light If the light comes on while driving pull off the road and stop carefully Make sure the parking brake is fully The vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into released The pedal might be harder to push or the pedal two parts If one part is not working the other part could go closer to the floor It can take longer to stop can still work and stop the vehicle For good braking Try turning off and restarting the vehicle one or two times both parts need to be working well if the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 Have the brake system inspected right away A CAUTION BRAKE q The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can
11. zy OYT s F R eeoa e a N eee 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 15 Hydraulic Clute essene aai na 5 19 Ignition POSITIONS si se a Aa 2 21 Indicator Warning Lights Enhanced Traction System ETS 00 3 31 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 32 Inflation Tire Pressure ccceceeeee tees ee eee ees 5 55 Instrument Panel BriQhtn SS ii Korr area Meteor tars 3 14 CSE SEE Sines T 3 23 Overview rr hr NEE anions 3 4 ILgultere FIT 10 nens mess SES SENE SEE SEN anaE Ene SERENE 6 2 JUMP Starting sprindi ana ieia es 5 34 Keyless Entry Remote Operation 0055 2 3 Keyless Entry System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeee es 2 3 KEYS uransa aaa E EAEE 2 2 Labeling Tire Sidewall cceeceeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Lamp Malfunction Indicator 22222220 sne se seere eee es 3 33 Lamps Back Wp Festen SEERNES SEE RE Rees Shen eae 5 46 Daytime Running DRL eee eee eee ees 3 13 DOME viceshesceensacessactewvanstetapeccatnseciaentestie staan 3 15 License Plate 2245 mean ecieisiiengencevkedrerciees 5 46 Mirror Reading sa ade Meets tse evens 3 15 Taillamps and Turn Signal eeeeeeeee ees 5 44 Lap Shoulder Belt cccseseeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeees 1 23 LATCH System for Child Restraints 02 5 1 39 Lighting ENUY EXIU aa arrene SR Asle 3 15 BOMS oere ea an E E tenes 3 12 Airbag Readiness cceeeeeee
12. After a Crash on page 1 67 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head 1 25 There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 1 26 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so the safety belt can be removed from the guide Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide
13. Auto Text is activated Storing a Radio Station as a Preset Radios that have numbered pushbuttons store radio stations as presets Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered buttons To store preset stations 1 Tune in the desired station 2 Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons for three seconds until a beep sounds 3 Repeat the Steps 1 and 2 for each numbered button Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble The radio may display some or all tones such as BASS MID and TREB To adjust the tone settings on the Radio with CD Base Press dd until the tone control labels display then turn JJ to change the setting To adjust the tone settings on the Radio with CD MP3 and USB Port or the Radio with CD MP3 1 Press dd until the tone control tabs display 2 Press the softkey below the desired tab to be adjusted 3 To increase the level of the bass midrange or treble Press DI SEEK or DD FWD e Turn d clockwise 4 To decrease the level of the bass midrange or treble e Press KI SEEK or lt lt REV e Turn d counterclockwise 3 59 The radio may be capable of adjusting bass midrange or treble to the middle position by pressing the softkey below the BASS MID or TREB tab for more than two seconds The radio beeps once and the level adjusts to the middle position The radio may also be c
14. depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 26 for more information including important safety information If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove the child restraint from the vehicle 3 Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 4 Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 48 1 61 5 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting If the Off Indicator is Lit for an the vehicle the on indicator is still lit turn the vehicle off Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and Adult Size Occupant adjust the seat cushion if adjustable to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion Also make sure the child restraint is not tra
15. or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer Automatic Transmission on page 4 31 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transmission on page 4 38 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions The ignition switch has four different positions In order to shift out of P Park the ignition must be in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key Use the correct key make sure it is all the way in and turn it only with your hand If the key cannot be turned by hand see your dealer retailer O LOCK OFF This position locks the steering column when the key is removed The key can only be removed in LOCK OFF On vehicles with an automatic transmission the shift lever must be in P Park to turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF On vehicles with a manual transmission the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK OFF in any shift lever position The steering can bind with the wheel turned off center If this happens move it from right to left while turning the k
16. 1 45 Right Front Seat Position cceeeeeeeeee ees 1 48 SECUMITY Lihtsa nes ensataieeaseanhes 3 37 SGIWICS to ia ir a e a renen Adan 5 3 Accessories and Modifications eee 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle ois cd rr ere us bordenden Abel 5 5 Doing Your Own Work ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 4 Engine Soon Lamp cceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeee teers 3 33 Publications Ordering Information 5 7 16 Scheduling Appointments 0 ceeeeeeeee eee 7 10 Service Parts Identification Label 5 102 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 Setting the Clock ceeeeeeeeeeeeee renere renerne 3 53 Sheet Metal Damage eseeeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 5 101 Shifting Out Of Park cicspesataileigebchteteteiiewahiad shack 2 33 Shifting Into Park sce teMiciieheieie cite aiden 2 31 Signals Turn and Lane Change e eeeeeee 3 7 Spare Tire Compact arsar rer ny TE E nes 5 93 Installing scinsioni rss re reb ences 5 86 REMOVING 53 ae arr heel LEES 5 82 SONG aa senere ni a AE EAE 5 90 Specifications and Capacities c eee 5 108 Speedometer cccececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 24 Split Folding Rear Seat secese 1 9 Start Vehicle Remote eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 6 Starting the Engine ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 24 12 Steering Steering Wheel Controls Audio 2 St
17. 194 Sidemarker Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamps 3057KX For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer 2 Push the release lever and slide the wiper assembly Windshield Wiper Blade toward the driver side of the vehicle Replacement 3 Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2 Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information on wiper blade inspection Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer CAUTION Continued Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Over
18. 7 6 for more information Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross weight of the vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo carried in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If there are a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in the vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight the vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow If towing a trailer the tongue load must be added to the GVW because the vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 for more information about the vehicle s maximum load capacity If using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After loading the trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer 4 33 Total Weight on the Vehicle s Tires Be sure the vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires These numbers can be found on the Certification label or see Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 for more information Make sure not to go over the GVW limit for the vehicle or the GAWR including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important
19. All of the airbags in the vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 1 52 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Also airbags are not designed to deploy in every crash In some crashes safety belts are your only restraint See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 56 Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the
20. Brake System ABS on page 4 4 In many emergencies steering can help more than even the very best braking Electronic Stability Control ESC The vehicle may have an Electronic Stability Control ESC system which combines antilock brake and traction and stability control systems that help the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in most driving conditions When the vehicle is started and begins to move the system performs several diagnostic checks to ensure there are no problems The system may be heard or felt while it is working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle The system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 20 mph 32 km h If the system fails to turn on or activate the ESC TCS light comes on and the ESC OFF and or SERVICE ESC message displays For more information see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 39 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 This light flashes on the instrument panel cluster when the ESC system is on and activated ESC activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually travelling ESC selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to help steer the vehicle in the direction which you are steering When the system activates an ESC ACTIVE message displays on the Driver Inf
21. C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor 1 40 Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations li Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat Each rear seating position has two exposed metal lower anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the cover The top tether anchors are located under the covers on the rear seatback filler panel Open the cover to access the anchor Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 1 44 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System Z CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors t
22. CD MP3 and USB Port or the Radio with CD MP3 J Tune Turn to select radio stations K SEEK Press to seek or scan stations with a strong signal in the selected band To seek stations press and release K1 SEEK to go to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold K SEEK for a few seconds until the radio beeps once The radio goes to astation plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press KI SEEK again to stop scanning Toscan preset stations in the selected band press and hold K SEEK for four seconds until a double beep sounds The radio goes to a stored preset plays for a few seconds then goes to the next stored preset Press K1 SEEK again to stop scanning preset stations Dl SEEK Press to seek or scan stations with a strong signal in the selected band To seek stations press and release Pl SEEK to go to the next station and stay there To scan stations press and hold gt SEEK for a few seconds until the radio beeps once The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press gt SEEK again to stop scanning Toscan preset stations in the selected band press and hold I SEEK for four seconds until a double beep sounds The radio goes to a stored preset plays for a few seconds then goes to the next stored preset Press gt I SEEK again to stop scanning preset stations i Information For vehicles with the Radio wi
23. Clutch CHMSL Center High Mount Stop Lamp RUNICRNK PLR Fuse Puller 5 107 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information a iiaiai C n mer E For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Cooling en Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a 2 2L L4 Engine with NU6 emissions 13 5 gal 51 1L 2 2L L4 Engine without NU6 emissions 13 0 gal 49 2L 5 108 NE Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill Transmission Automatic 7 0 qt 6 6L Transmission Manual 1 7 qt 1 6L Wheel Nut Torque 100 Ib ft 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Engine Specifications gine Win oe Spark Plug Gap Automatic 2 2L L4 Engine Manual 0 040 in 1 01 mm 5 109 42 NOTES 5 110 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0seeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 0eceeeee eee 6 8 INtFOGUCHION 2 sonicu tania E E 6 2 At Each Fuel Ril erei eiet e 6 8 Maintenance Requirements ccecce 6 2 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year
24. Controls Use the buttons located on the steering wheel to operate the in vehicle Bluetooth system See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 85 for more information amp amp Push To Talk Press to answer incoming calls to confirm system information and to start speech recognition CR V Phone On Hook Press to end a call reject a call or to cancel an operation Pairing A Bluetooth enabled cell phone must be paired to the in vehicle Bluetooth system first and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used See the cell phone manufacturers user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone If a Bluetooth phone is not connected calls will be made using OnStar Hands Free Calling if available Refer to the OnStar owner s guide for more information Pairing Information Up to five cell phones can be paired to the in vehicle Bluetooth system The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving The in vehicle Bluetooth system automatically links with the first available paired cell phone in the order the phone was paired Only one paired cell phone can be connected to the in vehicle Bluetooth system at a time e Pairing should only need to be completed once unless changes to the pairing information have been made or the phone is deleted To link to a different paired phone see Linking to a Different Phone later in this section 3 75 Pairing a Phone 1 Press and
25. Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 13 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light 3 30 Fog Lamps EDEL DEDE FEE LE FEE FEE FEE LE FEE LER 3 14 Enhanced Traction System ETS Instrument Panel Brightness sne 3 14 Indicator Warning Light 1seeeeee 3 31 Dome LAMP sissien den niiter kk Ret 3 15 Electronic Stability Control ESC Entry Exit Lighting secs 3 15 Traction Control System TCS Indicator Mirror Reading Lamps 2 scenerne 3 15 Warning Light esssesiioseestanraia i 3 31 Electric Power Management a e E S 3 15 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 32 Battery Run Down Protection ss 3 16 Tire Pressure Light cccccccccccesseeseeeeeeeees 3 33 Accessory Power Outlet S ecceeeeees 3 16 Malfunction Indicator Lamp seere 3 33 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 3 17 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Oil Pressure Light US Canada 0 3 36 SOCUNITY TIGHT oser stene aucune niara 3 37 Fog Lamp Light sssaaa 3 37 Highbeam On Light eeeeeeeee teeter eeee ees 3 37 Fuel Gage E E neste 3 38 Driver Information Center DIC 3 39 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeeeees 3 39 DIC Warnings and Messages ceeeeee eee 3 42 DIC Vehicle Personalization ceeeeeeeees 3 47 Audio System s ceceeeeee eener 3 52 Setting the CIOCK cceeeceeeeeeneeeeeeee een E
26. GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Cold Temperature Operation If in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 engine oil Both provide easier cold starting for the engine at extremely low temperatures Always use an oil that meets the required specification GM6094M See What Kind of Engine Oil to Use for more information Engine Oil Additives Engine Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has the Engine Oil Life System a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly the system must be reset every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it indicates tha
27. Headlamp Wiring eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 103 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 103 Windshield Wiper Fuses scce 5 103 Electronic Immobilizer PASS Key Ul oo cecceccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 2 18 Electronic Immobilizer Operation PASS Key Ul aa arrene enes 2 19 Electronic Stability Control u sseseeeerererereee 4 6 Electronic Stability Control Indicator Light 3 31 Engine Air Cleaner Filter a se 5 18 Check and Service Engine Soon Lamp 3 33 Compartment Overview ceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 12 Engine cont Coolant ar ena a 5 24 Coolant Heater 22222 oste aati Seca Seed 2 25 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 32 Cooling System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeneees 5 20 Drive Belt Routing cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 6 15 XM AUS T az sen rn one er dene anne 2 34 Qil erre E NEE eee he Bees 5 13 Oil Life System ii insir menona nnan nE ER 5 16 Overheating 22225 tan re hdi bens ka 5 27 Stanin eene Naa a E e ETERA TAA 2 24 Enhanced Traction System ETS Active Light 4 10 Enhanced Traction System ETS Indicator Warning Light sisisi poesi bedst seu a 3 31 Entry Exit Lig tings 2 denne siano 3 15 Event Data Recorders spirer eres sehr 7 18 Extender Safety Belt 1 1 1 W u u dseseneeeeeeeerennennen 1 28 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ceceeeeeeeeeeee eee teers 5 18 Finish Damage seestrome A TRTE 5 101 Fix
28. Lane Change Signals eeeee 3 7 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever u dsseeeerere 3 7 Uniform Tire Quality Grading dseeererenee 5 67 Wp Shitt LINT cc22icced sisese E eE Pagans 3 28 13 Vehicle SOMMON Gadcesec ron er ere E REAR 4 3 LOAGING r E SEES ERE Es ERR 4 22 Parking YOUN criei e ere lle 2 33 Running While Parked 2222 dressing 2 35 SY MDOMS eea E EEEE E Aae aA iii Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 17 Vehicle Data Recording Radio Frequency RFID rros cseccee seers atevenrescstevens 7 19 Vehicle Identification Number VIN sssecdsctdiecnetadieieeaiellaacscenostees 5 102 Service Parts Identification Label 5 102 Vehicle Personalization DIG errotei tetanen a EE EEE 3 47 Vehicle Remote Start cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 6 Ventilation Adjustment ccceeeeeeeeneeeeeee eens 3 20 MISTS 2252 suetna te casdenene gcataancenteeant sie deaieccuaeencetec 2 16 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 22 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 6 eeeeeeee 3 42 Hazard Warning Flashers ecese 3 6 Safety and Symbols ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee iii 14 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ee 5 68 Different Sige 5 seine netted a Ehe vices 5 67 Replacement oneei sehr tiasecnesrereiaaecineacae cat 5 69 When It Is Time for New Tires 1 W X ssssseeeeereere 5 64 Where to Put the Child Restraint
29. MOOW DY 3 Remove the retainer B that holds down the spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 93 for more information 4 Remove the spare tire C by gently pulling it up and out of the trunk 5 Remove the wing nut D that holds the jack and remove the jack and wheel wrench E 2 Lift the trunk liner to access the spare tire and tools Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Spare Tire Foam Support Bolt moo0ow gt 3 Remove the retainer A that holds down the jack wheel wrench B and spare tire C 4 Remove the spare tire by gently pulling it up and out of the trunk The tools you will be using include the jack A and wheel wrench B 5 84 You will need to turn the plastic wheel nut Press the button and then pull on the end of the wheel counterclockwise to loosen the wheel wrench from wrench to extend the handle the jack 5 85 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 Do a safety check before preceding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 80 2 If your vehicle has plastic wheel covers use the wheel wrench to loosen the plastic wheel nut caps Once you have loosened the plastic wheel nut caps with the wheel wrench you can finish loosening them with your fingers The plastic nut caps do not come off 3 If necessary use the flat end of the wheel wrench to pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off Store the wheel cover in
30. Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter can be enabled or disabled When UNLOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 3 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC LIGHT FLASH If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior hazard turn signal lighting to flash every time the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed can be enabled or disabled When LIGHT FLASH appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will not flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed ON default The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed See Remote Keyless Entry RKE Sys
31. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on the vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on the vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on the vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product 5 97 Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Le
32. To use the softkeys 1 Press the first or fifth softkey below the radio display to display the functions listed below or press the softkey below the function if it is currently displayed 2 Press the softkey below the tab with the function on it to use that function Il Pause Press the softkey below Ito pause the track The tab appears raised when pause is being used Press the softkey below ill again to resume playback Back Press the softkey below the back tab to go back to the main display screen on an iPod or the root directory on a USB storage device the contents of the current folder on the USB drive To browse and select files 1 Press the softkey below 1 2 Turn dd to scroll through the list of folders 3 Press Jd to select the desired folder If there is more then one folder repeat Steps 1 and 2 until the desired folder is reached 4 Turn dd to scroll through the files in the selected folder 5 Press dd to select the desired file to be played To skip through large lists the five softkeys can be used to navigate in the following order First softkey first item in the list Second softkey 1 through the list each time the softkey is pressed Third softkey 5 through the list each time the softkey is pressed Fourth softkey 10 through the list each time the softkey is pressed Fifth softkey end of the list Folder View Press the softkey below to
33. a USB storage device or an iPod using the radio buttons and knobs See Using an MP3 on page 3 66 for information about how to connect and control a USB storage device or an iPod USB Support The USB connector is located on the front of the radio and uses the USB 2 0 standard USB Supported Devices USB Flash Drives Portable USB Hard Drives Fifth generation or later iPod First Second or Third generation iPod nano iPod touch iPod classic Make sure the iPod has the latest firmware from Apple for proper operation iPod firmware can be updated using the latest iTunes application See apple com itunes For help with identifying your iPod go to apple com support 3 66 Using an MP3 Format Radios that have the capability of playing MP3 s can play mp3 or wma files that were recorded onto a CD R or CD RW disc Radios that have a USB port can play mp3 and wma files that are stored on a USB storage device as well as AAC files that are stored on an iPod Compressed Audio The radio can play discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio and MP3 files If both formats are on the disc the radio reads all MP3 files first then the uncompressed CD audio files CD R or CD RW Supported File and Folder Structure The radio supports Up to 50 folders Up to 8 folders in depth Up to 50 playlists Up to 255 files Playlists with an m3u or wpl extension Files with an mp3 wma or cda file e
34. and Cigarette Lighter on page 3 17 Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 If Equipped Shift Lever Manual Shown See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 28 and Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 26 Climate Control System on page 3 18 Heated Seats on page 1 4 If Equipped Glove Box on page 2 41 Hazard Warning Flashers A Hazard Warning Flasher Press this button located on the instrument panel to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off This warns others that you are having trouble Press A again to turn the flashers off Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel lets the steering wheel be adjusted before driving The tilt lever is located on the left side of the steering column To tilt the wheel pull down the lever Then move the wheel to a comfortable position pull up the lever to lock the wheel in place Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Turn and Lane Change Signals 2D D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Exterior Lamp Control Flash to Pass Information for these features is on the pages following Turn and Lane Change Signals An arrow on the instrument panel cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change Move the lever all the way up or down
35. and return to the main menu Making a Call Calls can be made using the following commands Dial Digit Dial Call Re dial 3 79 Using the Dial Command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Dial The system responds with Dial using lt phone name gt Number please followed by a tone Say the entire number without pausing e If the system recognizes the number it responds with OK Dialing and dials the number Ifthe system does not recognize the number it confirms the numbers followed by a tone If the number is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Dialing and dials the number If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered Using the Digit Dial Command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Digit Dial The system responds with Digit dial using lt phone name gt please say the first digit to dial followed by a tone 3 80 3 Say the digit to be dialed one at a time Following each digit the system will repeat back the digit it heard followed by a tone Continue entering digits until the number to be dialed is complete After the whole number has been entered say Dial The system responds with OK Dialing and dials the number If an unwanted
36. available for children with special needs 1 34 A CAUTION To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during a crash infants need complete support This is because an infant s neck is not fully developed and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing child restraint settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in rear facing child restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints The harness system holds the infant in place and ina crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint 1 35 A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve t
37. back up lamp Pull the lamp straight out from the fascia pocket Hold and turn the bulb socket clockwise and then release it from the lamp housing Pull the old bulb out of the socket Push the new bulb straight into the bulb socket until it clicks Push the bulb socket into the housing and turn it clockwise to lock it into place Push the lamp straight into the fascia pocket Reinstall the two screws into the face of the back up lamp 5 46 License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs Remove the two screws holding each of the license plate lamps Turn and pull the license plate lamp toward you through the opening Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket Install the new bulb Push the bulb straight into the socket and turn clockwise to reinstall 6 Push and turn the license plate lamp away from Replacement blades come in different types and are you through the opening removed in different ways For proper type and length 7 Reinstall the two screws holding the license see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 plate lamp Here is how to remove the wiper blades 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the Replacement Bulbs windshield Exterior Lamps Bulb Number Back Up Lamps Center High Mounted 912 Stoplamp CHMSL Front Parking Turn Signal Lamps 3157KX Halogen Headlamps High Low Beam 9007 LL License Plate Lamp and
38. be N E REDE 2 8 Power Door LOCKS cc sst moses der ears eae 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeee ees 2 10 Driver Seat Height Adjuster ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 3 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeeee 3 39 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeee 3 39 DIC Vehicle Personalization c eeeeeeee 3 47 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 42 Driver Storage Compartment eeeeeeeeeee 2 41 Driving At NIOM EET E tengo chases 4 15 Before a Long Trip ressorten orenen 4 17 DGIGNSIVG sorpi eana EOE 4 2 Dr NK ostiaire apa eaaa eee Er 4 3 Highway HYPNOSIS smarte barske 4 17 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 18 In Rain and on Wet Roads eee eee 4 16 Loss Of Control cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 14 Driving cont Off Road Recovery cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee erne 4 13 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 22 NATO ITST ARE De SERENE a EA SSR ES ELSKERE LEDE 4 19 Driving for Better Fuel Economy n se 4 2 Easy Entry Seat 230 sender eders eeneeaes 1 8 EDP sc E E E ent 7 17 Electrical Equipment Add On Equipment 0 eseeeeeeeneeeeene ees 5 102 Electrical System Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 105 Floor Console Fuse Block eeeeeee ee 5 104 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeee 5 103
39. below the MIN minimum mark add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 108 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the IZA engine oil fill cap AAAA SAE 5W 30 AR Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use Look for three things RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER e GM6094M Use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 is best for the vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 American Petroleum Institute API starburst symbol Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard
40. communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired the TIRE LEARN message displays on the DIC Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 12 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect the vehicle s tires including the spare tire if the vehicle has one for signs of wear or damage See When It ls Time for New Tires on page 5 64 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that the vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate the tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 64 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 69 When rotating the vehicle s tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire if the vehicle has one in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See nflatio
41. connected phone Deleting a Paired Phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say Delete The system asks which phone to delete followed by a tone Say the name of the phone to be deleted If the phone name is unknown use the List command for a list of all paired phones The system responds with Would you like to delete lt phone name gt Yes or No followed by a tone Say Yes to delete the phone The system responds with OK deleting lt phone name gt Linking to a Different Phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Change phone The system responds with Please wait while search for other phones e If another phone is found the response will be lt Phone name gt is now connected e If another phone is not found the original phone remains connected Storing Name Tags The system can store up to thirty phone numbers as name tags that are shared between the Bluetooth and OnStar systems The system uses the following commands to store and retrieve phone numbers Store Digit Store Directory Using the Store Command The store com
42. determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 33 The CHECK GAS CAP message displays on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage the fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 33 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside A CAUTION of
43. do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for service trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts To purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells what should be checked when to check it and what can easily be done to help keep the vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 When the vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE OIL SOON message displays service is required for the vehicle Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if dri
44. eeeeeeee tee sindurani iip 6 7 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ceeeeeeeee ee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill cscs ccccesesnstettncatewe ttntanameusavnndts 6 8 At Least Once a Month cccccceeeeeeeeeeees 6 9 Maintenance Schedule cont At Least Once a Year ccc cc cece ccc ec ec eeeeeeeeeees 6 9 Maintenance Record cccceeeee eee eeeeaeeees 6 16 Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeeeee es 6 2 Owner Checks and Services ccceeeeeeeees 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance cceeeeeee scenes 6 4 USING saas deine nada ere a macements 2a 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp seee 3 33 Manual Lumbar Controls c cccceeeeeeneeaeaes 1 3 Manual Seats cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 1 2 Manual Transmission Operation lt a str ideerne line iauhhianiieesse 2 28 Manual WINGOWS siiiscliicccccusarsnsdia averse iai 2 15 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 6 eeeeeees 3 42 Mirror Reading Lamps eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 15 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror cecceeeeeeneeees 2 36 Outside Convex Mirror ccccceeeeeeeeeeeee es 2 37 Outside Power Mirrors ccccceseeeeeeeeeeees 2 36 Outside Remote Control Mirror 000
45. flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 101 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN st SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for the vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side It can be seen through the windshield from outside the vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps identify the vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Engine Specifications under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 108 for the vehicle s engine code 5 102 Service Parts Identification Label This label is in the trunk on the driver side near the spare tire cover It is very helpf
46. for Everyone This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly It also describes some things not to do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly In a crash if you or your passenger s are not wearing safety belts the injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from the vehicle You and your passenger s can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 25 for additional information In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not sur
47. in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 N Neutral In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only Also use N Neutral when the vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of P Park or N Neutral with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle D Drive This position is for normal driving with the automatic transmission It provides the best fuel economy If you need more power for passing and you are Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down Going about 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator all the way down Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 14 2 27 I Intermediate This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed without using the brakes for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherw
48. inflation can increase the level of emissions from the vehicle To help protect the environment and to keep the vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain the vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help keep this vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use the vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep the vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to
49. into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on the right Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If the airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If the keys are locked in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR to have a signal sent to unlock the doors OnStar Hands Free Calling including 30 trial minutes good for 60 days is available on most vehicles OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation service with one trial route is available on most vehicles Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor contact Roadside Service OnStar service is provided subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions included in the OnStar Subscriber glove box literature 2 37 Some services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until the owner of the vehicle registers with OnStar After the first prepaid year contact OnStar to select a monthly or annual subscription payment plan If a payment plan is not selected the OnStar system and all services including airbag notifi
50. is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag if The right front passenger seat is unoccupied The system determines that an infant is present in a child restraint A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 27 The passenger sensing system is designed turn on may inflate the right front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children including children in child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag
51. lead to a crash If the light is still on after the vehicle has United States Canada been pulled off the road and carefully stopped have the vehicle towed for service This light should come on briefly when the engine is started If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light also comes on when the parking brake is set The light stays on if the parking brake does not fully release If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released it means the vehicle has a brake problem 3 29 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light comes on briefly when the engine is started If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off 3 30 If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off If the light comes on while driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light stays on or comes on again while driving the vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on the vehicle still has brakes but not antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System
52. not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly Check the DIC messaging to determine whether it is because of the driver turning off the system or that the system may not be working properly and the vehicle requires service When this light is turned on either the SERVICE TRACTION or TRACTION OFF message will be displayed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information on the messages associated with this light To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions ETS should always be left on But the system can be turned off if needed To turn the system off shift to L Low or R Reverse When the system is turned off the ETS indicator warning light will come on and stay on and the TRACTION OFF message will be displayed when the gear shift is in L Low The indicator warning light and message will not come on when the gear shift is in R Reverse If the ETS is limiting wheel spin when the transmission is shifted to L Low or R Reverse to turn the system off the indicator warning light and TRACTION OFF will come on in L Low But the system will not turn off right away It will wait until there is no longer a current need to limit wheel spin See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information on the messages associated with this light The system can be turned back on at any time by shifting to D Automatic Overdrive or Intermediate The ETS indicator warning light sho
53. only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press to turn the system on and off Turn to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV Radios with the Speed Compensated Volume SCV feature automatically adjust the radio volume to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down so that the volume level is consistent 3 56 To activate SCV 1 2 3 Set the radio volume to the desired level Press MENU to display the radio setup menu Press the softkey under the AUTO VOLUM tab on the radio display Press the softkey under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Finding a Station BAND Press to choose between FM1 FM2 AM or XM if equipped on the Radio with CD Base Press to choose between FM AM XM if equipped on the Radio with
54. or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 65 Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on 5 60 TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel location The sensors are matched to the tire wheel locations in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s pressure do not exce
55. or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 47 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 99 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 66 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders door hinges and latches hood hinges and latches and trunk lid hinges and latches More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Check system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator or cruise control cables h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If the vehicle is not used under any of these conditions th
56. or the ignition is turned off 3 12 Headlamps The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp switch has the following four positions 2D Headlamps Turns on the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps 700 Parking Lamps Turns on the parking lamps and taillamps only AUTO Automatic Headlamp System Automatically turns on the Daytime Running Lamps DRL during daytime and the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps at night This position must be selected in order for the Wiper Activated Headlamps to be activated See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 3 13 Oo Off On When operating in AUTO a momentary turn of the switch to Off On will turn the Automatic Headlamp System off or back on For vehicles first sold in Canada the automatic transmission must be in P Park or the manual transmission must have the park brake set before the Automatic Headlamp System can be turned off Wiper Activated Headlamps The headlamps and parking lamps are activated 15 seconds after the windshield wipers are turned on For this feature to work automatic lighting must be enabled See Headlamps on page 3 12 for additional information When the ignition is turned off the wiper activated headlamps will immediately turn off They also turn off 15 seconds after the windshield wiper control is turned off Headlamps on Reminder If the drivers door is opened with the ignition o
57. penetrated the tira Punctured Tire 1 Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit from its storage location See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage on page 5 80 Make sure the on off button D is in the off O position 2 Unwrap the sealant air hose F and the power plug C 3 Place the kit on the ground Make sure the tire valve stem is positioned close to the ground so the hose will reach it 4 Remove the valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise 5 Attach the sealant air hose F onto the tire valve stem Turn it clockwise until it is tight 6 Plug the power plug C into the accessory power When using the tire sealant and compressor kit during outlet in the vehicle Unplug all items from other cold temperatures warm the kit in a heated environment accessory power outlets See Accessory Power for 5 minutes This will help to inflate the tire faster Outlet s on page 3 16 If the vehicle has an accessory power outlet do not use the cigarette lighter If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter use the cigarette lighter Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window 5 74 7 8 Start the vehicle The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor Press the on off D button to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit on The compressor will inject sealant and air into the tire The pressure gage E will initially show a high pressure while the co
58. regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 30 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 For automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in P Park or N Neutral If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service For manual transmission vehicles put the shift lever in Neutral push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine The vehicle should start only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor If the vehicle starts when the clutch pedal is not pushed all the way down contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 30 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of P Park with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of P Park contact your dealer retailer for service Ignition Transmiss
59. road Do not wear sunglasses Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old 4 15 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enou
60. selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 65 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when te
61. store a tire The tire sealant and compressor can be used to temporarily seal punctures up to 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire It can also be used to inflate an under inflated tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel has damaged sidewalls or has a large puncture the tire is too severely damaged for the tire sealant and compressor kit to be effective See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Read and follow all of the tire sealant and compressor kit instructions The kit includes A Air Compressor F Air Only Hose B Tire Sealant Canister Black C Power Plug G Sealant Air Hose D On Off Button Clear E Pressure Gage Tire Sealant Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the label adhered to the sealant canister Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date Replacement sealant canisters are available at your local dealer retailer See Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister following There is only enough sealant to seal one tire After usage the sealant canister and sealant air hose assembly must be replaced See Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister following 5 73 Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Always do a safety check first See f a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 71 Do not remove any objects that have Kit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate a
62. taillamp assembly 3 Pull the bulb assembly down to access the bulbs i 4 Pull the old bulb straight out Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps 5 Push the new bulb straight in until it clicks and Back up Lamps Sedan 6 Align the tabs in the bulb assembly with the To replace one of these bulbs assembly in the trunk lid Push the bulb assembly back into place until it snaps in You may need 1 Open the trunk to use a tool to guide the tabs into the assembly 2 Remove the trunk trim and pull back fastener 3 Remove the additional fastener 5 44 4 Remove the outer two screws from the taillamp assembly 5 Lift up on the tab and pull the wiring harness straight out 6 Remove the taillamp assembly from the quarter panel Sidemarker Stoplamp Turn Signal Taillamp Back up Ow Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it straight out 8 Pull the old bulb straight out of the socket Push the new bulb straight into the socket Push the new bulb into the taillamp assembly and turn it clockwise to lock it into place Reinstall the taillamp assembly into the quarter panel Push the wiring harness straight into the taillamp assembly and push the tab down Reinstall the outer two screws into the taillamp assembly Reinstall the trunk trim and the fasteners 5 45 Back Up Lamps Coupe To replace a back up lamp bulb N Remove the two screws from the face of the
63. the warmest setting In this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor W Defrost This mode removes fog or frost from the windshield more quickly Air is directed to the windshield with some air directed to the side window outlets and the floor outlets To defrost the windows faster turn the temperature control knob clockwise to the warmest setting In this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting X Air Conditioning For vehicles with air conditioning press this button to turn the air conditioning system on or off An indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is on On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quick cool down on hot days 1 Select the 7 mode 2 Select the gt mode 3 Select lt 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the highest fan speed Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in the vehicle has cooled turn off the recirculation by pressing the button again The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water might drip under the vehicle while idling or
64. the driver seat lower cushion on the inboard side 4 The driver s seat height adjuster is located on the outboard side of the seat Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the lumbar support To raise the seat move the lever upward repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height To lower the seat move the lever downward repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height Heated Seats Your vehicle may have heated front seats The switches are located on the instrument panel above the climate control system Press the side of the switch with the double indicator lights to turn on the heated seat at the highest setting 1 gf ou Driver s Switch Shown Passenger s Switch Similar Both indicator lights will be lit to indicate that the setting is on high Press the side of the switch with the single indicator light to go to the low setting The indicator light will be lit to indicate that the setting is on low Return the switch to the center to turn off the heated seat If your vehicle has been turned off the last heated seat setting will be retained when the vehicle is started again 1 4 Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the
65. the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Notice Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle s safety belts This may damage these parts If necessary move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled This could damage the safety belt or the seat Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position before folding the seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Open the top tether anchor cover to expose the anchor 2 3 If you have an adjustable headrest or head restraint raise the headrest or head restraint 1 43 2 4 Route atta
66. the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by the vehicle warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 13 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect the vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire if the vehicle has one See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 If the vehicle has a spare tire check to make sure it is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 80 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the
67. the vehicle is running It shows how fast the vehicle is going about how much fuel is left in the tank and many other things needed to drive safely and economically 0s O United States Manual Transmission Version shown Canada and Automatic Transmission similar 3 23 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer shows the speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The vehicle s odometer works together with the Driver Information Center DIC Trip A and Trip B can be set on the odometer See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 39 The vehicle does not have to be running to check the odometer mileage Simply open the driver s door and the mileage briefly displays If the vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct total mileage of the old odometer 3 24 Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If the engine is operated while the tachometer is in the shaded warning area the vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind a driver to fasten the safety belt unless the driver safety belt is already buckled The safety belt lig
68. then press and hold A to play the highlighted track 3 85 To navigate folders on an iPod or USB device 1 Press and hold A or V while listening to a song until the contents of the current folder display on the radio display 2 Press and hold V to go back to the previous folder list 3 Press and release A or V to scroll up or down the list To select a folder press and hold A when the folder is highlighted To go back further in the folder list press and hold V CR End Press to reject an incoming call or end a current call amp Mute Voice Recognition Press to silence the vehicle speakers only Press again to turn the sound on For vehicles with OnStar or Bluetooth systems press and hold for longer than two seconds to interact with those systems See OnStar System on page 2 37 and Bluetooth on page 3 74 for more information 3 86 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels duri
69. tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information 42 NOTES 7 20 A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeeee 5 3 Accessory POWER isolerende MEE 2 23 Accessory Power Outlets ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 16 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle merero rea a ea 1 65 Additional Required Services Scheduled Maintenance 2522 arealerne aa 6 6 Additives Fuel ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeees 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment 0eeeeee 5 102 Adjustments Headlamp Range eeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeenees 1 7 Air Cleaner Filter Engine ceeeeeeeeeeeneeees 5 18 Air Conditioning secerneren teense noe hbn 3 18 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 00 3 21 Airbag Readiness Light ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 3 26 Airbag Systemi csc ctecedee skred j nnne aes EL iniia 1 52 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle carene an a a a T 1 65 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeee 1 57 Passenger Sensing System eceeeeeeeeees 1 59 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 What Makes an Airbag Infla
70. to adjust the speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you These problems can be avoided by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there is no room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem The vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes but unless the vehicle has antilock brakes not enough to lock the wheels See Braking on page 4 4 It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions it can be turned a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensiv
71. to signal a turn Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change Hold it there until the lane change is complete The lever returns to its starting position when it is released If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or does not come on a signal bulb may be burned out Have the bulbs replaced If the bulb is not burned out check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 103 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal lever away from you This indicator light appears on the instrument panel cluster when the high beams are on To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers The windshield wiper lever is located on the right side of the steering wheel Move the lever to control the windshield wipers O Off Turns off the windshield wipers SY Intermittent Speed Sensitive Wipers For intermittent or speed sensitive operation The amount of delay time varies between wiping cycles due to the delay setting selected or the speed of the vehicle As vehicl
72. too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 10 11 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negative terminal marked GND Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 5 37 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by
73. vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 39 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle position that will accommodate a child restraint with The top tether attachment B on the child restraint lower attachments B connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether
74. view Music Navigator Press the softkey below to view and select a file on an iPod using the iPod s menu system Files are sorted by Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers To select files 1 Press the softkey below 2 Turn J to scroll through the list of menus 3 4 Turn dd to scroll through the folders or files in the Press JJ to select the desired menu selected menu Press dd to select the desired file to be played 3 71 To skip through large lists the five softkeys can be used to navigate in the following order First softkey first item in the list Second softkey 1 through the list each time the softkey is pressed Third softkey 5 through the list each time the softkey is pressed Fourth softkey 10 through the list each time the softkey is pressed Fifth softkey end of the list Repeat Functionality To use Repeat Press the softkey below lt gt or 1 to select between Repeat All and Repeat Track lt gt Repeat All Press the softkey below lt gt to repeat all tracks The tab appears lowered when Repeat All is being used This is the default mode when a USB storage device or iPod is first connected lt 1 Repeat Track Press the softkey below 1 to repeat one track The tab appears raised when Repeat Track is being used 3 72 Shuffle Functionality To use Shuffle Press the softkey below DSS gt lt A or SCF to select be
75. way down Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as the engine warms Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts 2 24 The vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Push the accele
76. window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows Express Down Window The driver s window switch has an express down feature which allows the window to be lowered fully without continuously pressing the switch This switch is labeled AUTO Press the front of the switch to the first position and the driver s window will open a small amount Press the switch down fully and release The window goes all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering pull the front of the switch up Window Lockout Sedan fas Window Lockout The drivers window controls also include a lockout switch Press the right side of the switch to prevent the rear passengers from using their window switches The driver can still control all the windows with the lockout on Press the switch to the left to return to normal window operation A red bar on the right side of the switch indicates that the lockout feature is off Sun Visors To block out glare swing down the visor s The visors can also be detached from the center mount and swung to the side to cover the windows Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle may have a drivers side vanity mirror Swing down the sun visor and lift the cover to expose the mirror Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities This vehicle has thef
77. with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 85 for more information On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voice mail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 2 39 How OnStar Service Works The OnStar system can record and transmit vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center when the OnStar button is pressed the emergency button is pressed or if the airbags or AACN system deploy This information usually includes the vehicle s GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the crash that the vehicle was involved in e g the direction from which the vehicle was hit When the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling is used the vehicle also sends OnStar the vehicle s GPS location so they can provide services where it is located OnStar service cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times 2
78. with the keys in the ignition and children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition and all locks The key has a bar coded key tag that the dealer retailer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys Store this information in a safe place not in your vehicle Notice If you ever lock your keys in the vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If you are locked out of your vehicle contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System If this vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system it operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by
79. you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 2 31 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer Automatic Transmission on page 4 31 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transmission on page 4 38 Make sure the shift lever is fully in P Park before starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You have to fully apply the regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before the vehicle can shift from P Park when the ignition key is in ON RUN If the vehicle cannot shift out of P Park ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into P Park as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and then move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park Automatic Transmission on page 2 33 Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped R Reverse Use this gear to back up To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission see f Your Vehicle is Stuck
80. you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield Dealership name and location Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you can file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief avail
81. 0 7 7 Audio Systemen ssia aa iE 3 52 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0 3 85 Setting the Clock cceceeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeees 3 53 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 87 Audio System S cceceeeseeeeeneeaeeeeeaeeaeeneeeees 3 55 Audio Systems Radio Receptor 3 86 Theft Deterrent Feature a 3 85 Automatic Door LOCK ceceeeeeeeeeenee eee ee renee 2 10 Automatic Transmission PUIG Jeres ses ESS SS SEERE SES REE ESS ER 5 19 Operation caiene cece eee eee eee eee eiia 2 26 Back Up Lamps Ambulance Body Bulb Replacement ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Battery oa o a a N E EE 5 33 Electric Power Management sacc 3 15 Run Down Protection eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 16 Belt Routing Engine c eceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 6 15 Bluetootha panser n an Eana anaren ARES 3 74 Brake Emergencies 2523 rear orna E 4 5 Brake Fluid cisasagericcagoentspattacecacstineateacetaanatead 5 30 BiakeS iroonia E a ere 5 30 AnulOGK irratian eaa ena NA EN 4 4 Parking eniinn a ner ele ned Ens 2 30 System Warning Light o on 3 29 Braking erone E S ln 4 4 Braking in Emergencies eceeeeeeeeeeeee een enes 4 5 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 20 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 47 Back Up Lamps Ambulance Body 5 46 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 43 Fog Lamp
82. 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate o
83. 2 36 MP3 comno a an a o a a 3 66 N Navigation System Privacy ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 19 Net CONVENIENCE 2 sinea eaa eee 2 41 New Vehicle Break In cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 20 Odometer sorrerara e a E E 3 24 Off Road RECOVETY corinne ari aiia daa dies kaata 4 13 Oil ENGINE 2 3 e E Eee anse 5 13 Engine Oil Life System 0 00 0 eeeeeeeeee neers 5 16 Pressure Light ass gende esse toeemieaiaas 3 36 Older Children Restraints cccceeeeeeeee es 1 29 Online Owner Center c0cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 OnStar PrivaCy 222222 se ten reder bens 7 19 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 37 Outlet Adjustment eceeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeaeenes 3 20 Outlets Accessory POWER sesctut deeesaok aiae a 3 16 Outside Convex Mirror ccecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 2 37 Power Mirrors scere eie an a Ea 2 36 Remote Control Mirror ceeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 36 Owner Checks and Services 0 eeeeeeeeeeeees 6 8 Owners Canadian cccccccececeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeenes ii Paint Damage ersinnen ea EEA 5 101 Park Shifting IMO 225 aan iana 2 31 Shifting Out OF sistsereuigsecdeecchinleeetencnen tel 2 33 Parking Over Things That Burn eeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 34 Parking Brake ienaa polere ads tadaeceserawiacsatess 2 30 Parking Your Vehicle eceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Passenger Airbag Status I
84. 2009 Pontiac G5 Owner Manual M Seats and Restraint System 008 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle c00cceeseeeeeeeeees 4 1 Front Seats seanair oa 1 2 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle _ 4 2 Rear Seats scieikd dowasewin ca dagdnacawtiwimecedoneawats 1 9 TOWING vcscscutadadicadnachadaddacadatestieaheddindcaaaad 4 28 Safety Bells erorar Elske renees 1 10 Service and Appearance Cae 1 oa rede B 1 Child Restraints oo sm kede snan 1 29 Semice sirene e E E PE EE EENEI 5 3 Airbag System oo eee ad 1 52 LeU Saori O 5 5 Restraint System Check ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 66 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Features and Controls sececeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 Headlamp Aiming ccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 38 KEYS lenea E aeecuaeteeee 2 2 Bulb Replacement 1 W s ssseeeeeeeeereeee re eerenee 5 41 Doors and LOCKS oo eee ccc ec renerne ener enker 2 8 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 47 WINGOWS oo eec eee ece eee eeeeeee eee ei aE iR 2 14 TOS Avctac tates saat A ES EL 5 48 Theft Deterrent Systems eee eee cece eeee ee 2 16 Appearance Care oo cccecccc eee cc eee eenen eens 5 94 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 20 Vehicle Identification oo see eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 102 MINMPOrS sas erne aa E 2 36 Electrical System 21122200 gs eter kat Hee 5 102 OnStar Systemi diserenan 2 37 Capacities an
85. 40 Location information about the vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available The vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of the vehicle in a crash hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the volume of the radio if the OnStar advisor cannot be heard If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red the system may not be functioning properly Press the OnStar button and request a vehicle diagnostic If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired and all services have been deactivated Press the OnStar button to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it Cupholders There are two cupholders located at the front of the center console in front of the shift lever There are also cupholders for the rear seat passengers located at the rear of the center console Center Console Storage For vehicles with a center console storage area open with the lever on the front of the console Driver Storage Compartment The drivers storage compartment is located near t
86. C The ESC TCS light also appears on the instrument panel cluster This light stays on solid as long as the detected problem remains present When this message displays the system is not working Adjust your driving accordingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 for more information If this message turns on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off and then back on If this message still stays on or turns back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the ESC inspected by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 45 SERVICE TRACTION If your vehicle has the Enhanced Traction System ETS or Traction Control System TCS this message displays and a chime sounds when the system is not functioning properly The ETS light or the ESC TCS light also appears on the instrument panel cluster This light stays on solid as long as the detected problem remains present When this message displays the system is not working Adjust your driving accordingly See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 10 or Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 and Enhanced Traction System ETS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 or Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light o
87. Children who are up against or very close to any blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured very close to any airbag when it inflates can be or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily protection for adults and older children but not for close to the airbag as you would be if you were young children and infants Neither the vehicle s sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed Safety belts help keep you in position before and for them Young children and infants need the during a crash Always wear your safety belt even protection that a child restraint system can provide with airbags The driver should sit as far back as Always secure children properly in your vehicle possible while still maintaining control of the To read how see Older Children on page 1 29 or vehicle Infants and Young Children on page 1 32 Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with There is an airbag roof rail airbags readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 26 for more information 1 53 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s airbag
88. IC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 39 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 and Tires on page 5 48 Notice Using non approved tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty Always use the GM approved ti
89. If the vehicle has map lamps press the buttons located at the bottom of the mirror to turn them on or off Outside Remote Control Mirror Adjust the driver outside mirror with the control lever located on the driver door Adjust the outside mirrors so that the side of the vehicle can be seen Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position 2 36 Outside Power Mirrors Controls for the outside gt power mirrors are located A on the driver door armrest OMO Q 1D To adjust the mirrors 1 Move the selector switch located below the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver or passenger side mirror 2 Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to move the mirror to the desired direction 3 Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen Keep the selector switch in the center position when not adjusting either outside mirror Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply
90. If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 56 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are
91. Jack The radio system may have an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack An external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer etc can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another audio source Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P Park See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers D Power Volume Turn to adjust the volume Additional volume adjustments may have to be made from the portable device if the volume is too quiet or not loud BAND Press to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is connected to the auxiliary input The portable audio device continues playing until it is stopped or turned off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD while a portable audio device is connected to the auxiliary input Press again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device may display 3 65 Using the USB Port Radio s with a USB port can control
92. N ag 3 53 AGIO S ai sesccecececcrettatat suit SEERNE ES OSSE NS EDER 3 55 Using am MP8 2255 an ure del been beer 3 66 XM Radio Messages MG ssssssseeeeereesren enker nnnrer 3 73 Bluetooth s cect donorer de hebr a e 3 74 Theft Deterrent Feature X ssseeeeeesese rener 3 85 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 3 85 Radio RECS Pt OM vats senaseinccnacenticremutewenaen pendinenst 3 86 Fixed Mast Antenna eeeeeeeeneeeenee een ees 3 87 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 87 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview 3 4 The main components of the instrument panel are the following M N O T G namo oO gt FRE Outlet Adjustment on page 3 20 Outlet Adjustment on page 3 20 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Cruise Control on page 3 10 If Equipped Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 23 Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 85 If Equipped Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Windshield Wipers on page 3 8 and Windshield Washer on page 3 9 Audio System s on page 3 52 Fog Lamps on page 3 14 If Equipped Trunk Release See Trunk on page 2 12 Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 14 n Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 39 Horn on page 3 6 Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 If Equipped Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 6 If Equipped Cigarette Lighter If Equipped See Ashtray s
93. R special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 37 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as
94. SEE EET EET E 5 5 Specifications seetri aiara 5 5 Glove BOX arr rr EEEE 2 41 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 0 5 7 7 Halogen Bulb i1zcciecstaceesnpacdeocieestadapetachcietsaddade 5 41 Hazard Warning Flashers s e 3 6 Head Restraints sic ctisccist Aivatd tie indeed 1 7 Headlamp AIMING 26 cicctnsacinicesincdie staan sade a a ESAS 5 38 Headlamp Wiring eceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 5 103 Headlamps 2 siciis stack satsiediantagdondancentavseend bede 3 12 Bulb Replacement 2 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 41 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 13 Flash tO PaSS ii25 inaianei nE i 3 8 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps cceeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 42 High Low Beam Changer eeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 8 Oni Reminder csceieteteernddetes eds iene 3 13 Range Adjustment ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea tees 1 7 Wiper Activated cceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeteenee 3 13 Heated Seats sacccissesssciiviesastaeeaveaeteieieaeenees 1 4 ig SF ST cea lantenitcecntaadenducuadanenammesacvad aentncesa hana gets 3 18 Engine Coolant sosisini iiien aiaa 2 25 Height Adjuster Driver Seat c eceeeeeeeeees 1 3 Highbeam On Light eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 37 Highway Hypnosis sssaaa eeeens 4 17 Hill and Mountain Roads n 4 18 Hood Checking Things Under eeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 10 Release piraino teannen eaa heksen 5 11
95. Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 06 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by the dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S call the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 762 2737 In Canada call General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage
96. Seats and Restraint System Front Seats 0 cccececee eee cee eee eeaeeeeeaeeaeeneees 1 2 Manual Seals svi ccatenciestetsncscntetetilecsadaneddieecns 1 2 Seat Height Adjuster ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 1 3 Manual Lumbar seenen tater ceetamcandncene 1 3 Heated Seats cuirinn iriaren a aea 1 4 Reclining Seatbacks 2 2 2 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneee tenes 1 4 Head Restraint iscsi cccscdeesncntetssavecseteeveberstans 1 7 Easy Entry Seat Coupe cceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 8 Rear Seats penini iraniana iat rins iien 1 9 Split Folding Rear Seat screen 1 9 Safety Belts 2 2 0 0 ccccceeeeeeee eee rererere reene 1 10 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 10 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 15 Lap Shoulder Belt ccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeees 1 23 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 28 Safety Belt Extender c eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 1 28 Child Restraints sssssesenereeerre renerne 1 29 Older Children 0cccceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 29 Infants and Young Children ceeeeeee ees 1 32 Child Restraint Systems cceeeeeeeeeneee tenes 1 35 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 38 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 39 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 1 45 Securing a Chi
97. TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 58 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of th
98. Tags The system uses the following commands to delete name tags Delete Delete all name tags Using the Delete Command The delete command allows specific name tags to be deleted To use the delete command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Delete The system responds with Delete please say the name tag followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag to be deleted The system responds with Would you like to delete lt name tag gt Please say yes or no If the name tag is correct say Yes to delete the name tag The system responds with OK deleting lt name tag gt returning to the main menu Ifthe name tag is incorrect say No The system responds with No OK let s try again please say the name tag Using the Delete All Name Tags Command The delete all name tags command deletes all stored phone book name tags and route name tags for OnStar if present To use the delete all name tags command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Delete all name tags The system responds with You are about to delete all name tags stored in your phone directory and your route destination directory Are you sure you want to do this Please say yes or no e Say Yes to delete all name tags e Say No to cancel the function
99. There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located on the inside of the trunk lid of the vehicle This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle and push the trunk lid open from the inside to open the trunk Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a hy vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous om They can be overcome by the extreme heat and it MU pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Dani IN ay suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat Wee stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a P oy Y La LEX If your vehicle has power windows the switches on the driver s door armrest control each of the windows Manual Windows If your vehicle has manual windows use the window crank to open and close each window Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is Sedan Shown Coupe dangerous for many reasons children or others Similar could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or In addition each passenger s door has a window switch that controls that door s window Press the front of the switch to open the window Pull the front of the switch up to close it even make the vehicle move The windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing
100. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in the vehicle PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system When the PASS Key Ill system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of
101. Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Z CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put an automatic transmission shift lever in P Park or shift a manual transmission to 1 First or R Reverse CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued 3 Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised 4 Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle When the vehicle has a flat tire B use the following A Wheel Block example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks A BE ALS The following information explains how to use the jack and change a tire 5 81 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is located in the trunk Base Models 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 2 Lift the trunk liner to access the spare tire and tools 5 82 Cover Uplevel Models Retainer Spare Tire Wing Nut Jack and Wheel Wrench Bolt 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 m
102. Warning Light on page 3 29 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for all brake related DIC messages Enhanced Traction System ETS Indicator Warning Light IN ee For vehicles with the Enhanced Traction System ETS this light serves as an indicator and warning light This light comes on briefly while the engine is started If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the indicator warning light is on and not flashing the ETS system could have been disabled Check all related Driver Information Center DIC messages to determine whether the system has been turned off or if the system is not working properly and the vehicle requires service If the ETS has been disabled wheel spin is not limited If the indicator warning light is on and flashing the ETS is actively working The LOW TRACTION DIC message also appears when the system is actively limiting wheel spin See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 10 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light IN ee For vehicles with the Electronic Stability Control ESC system or the Traction Control System TCS the indicator warning light comes on briefly when the engine is started If it does n
103. a riire Ea EO rele 4 28 Enhanced Traction System ETS 1 1 1 1 4 10 Towing Your Vehicle sssseeeeeeeerrerrnrnrer 4 28 SLO STING aea e RESEN a 4 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing 4 28 Off Road Recovery norner meie Enhed 4 13 Towing a Trailer Automatic Transmission 4 31 Passing EAN nce ee oe emia REE cabin e SEES edie 4 14 Towing a Trailer Manual Transmission RG oo 4 38 Loss Of Contollciviccscc css nectsesdoccn deceetenienedenaiey 4 14 Driving at NIGRE essenhas eese tar it 4 15 Your Driving the Road and Defensive Driving the Vehicle Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to 5 wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Driving habits can affect fuel mileage Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time When road and weather conditions are appropriate use cruise control if equipped Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require Keep vehicle tires properly inflated Combine several trips into a single trip Replace the vehicle s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire s sidewall near the size Follow recommended scheduled maintenance A CAUTION Assume that other road users pe
104. able to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 www dr bbb org goauto This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge
105. after turning off the engine This is normal The air conditioning compressor cannot be turned on when the fan is off lt gt Recirculation Press to turn the recirculation mode on An indicator light comes on to show that recirculation is on This mode recirculates and helps to quickly cool the air inside the vehicle It can be used to help prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle 3 19 The air conditioning compressor also comes on Recirculation is not available for floor defog and defrost modes If recirculation is selected in any of these modes the recirculate indicator light flashes five times and outside air will be delivered Operation in this mode during periods of high humidity and cool outside temperatures may result in increased window fogging If window fogging is experienced select the defrost mode Outside Air This mode allows outside air to circulate through the vehicle This mode is automatically active if recirculate is not selected There is no button for outside air Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window The rear window defogger only works when the ignition is in ON RUN Gy Rear Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible An indicator light comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on The rear window defogger turns off about 15 minute
106. akes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating fo
107. al psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control the vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of the vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 10 and Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 6 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 4 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time Actually doing it is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two
108. al law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 If the seat has a safety belt guide remove the safety belt from the guide on the head restraint by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide Do not secure the child restraint with the safety belt routed through the guide 4 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 49 5 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 6 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Position the release button on the buckle so that the retractor to set the lock the safety belt could be quickly unbuc
109. and Turn off the engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling the vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling the vehicle This is against the law i i i in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel door on the passenger side of the vehicle pump never let children pump fuel To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 97 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can
110. and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 57 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If the vehicle has been in a crash do you need new safety belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash if the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or while you are driving S
111. annel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info No artist information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Title Info No song title information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No CAT Info No category information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Information No text or informational messages are available at this time on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Theftlocked The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having the vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer XM Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service 3 73 Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Check XM Receivr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer XM Not Available If this messa
112. ant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If an improper coolant mixture is used the engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer retailer check your cooling system Notice If extra inhibitors and or additives are used in the vehicle s cooling system the vehicle could be damaged Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information 5 25 Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle S
113. apable of adjusting all tone and speaker controls to the middle position by pressing JJ for more than two seconds until the radio beeps once If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press EQ until Manual displays or start to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing J Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade Depending on which radio the vehicle has the Balance Fade can be adjusted using JJ or 5 To adjust balance or fade using fd 1 Press dd until the speaker control tabs display 2 Press the softkey under the desired tab or continue pressing J to highlight the desired tab 3 60 3 Turn d to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow On some radios gt gt Fwo and lt REV can also be used to adjust the highlighted level To adjust balance or fade using K 1 Press K until the speaker control labels display 2 Continue pressing K until the desired speaker control label displays 3 Turn dd to adjust the setting The setting can also be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow FWD or lt 1 REV The radio may be capable of adjusting balance or fade to the middle position by pressing the softkey below the BAL or FADE tab for more than two seconds The radio beeps once and the level adju
114. ar the side windows that have occupant seating positions How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 56 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 57 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 57 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dus
115. arts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However chrome polish may be used on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap anda buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by Extreme dusty conditions Sand and salt Heat and sun Snow and ice without proper removal 5 99 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim The vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These c
116. atically powers off and will not charge or draw power from the vehicle s battery If you have an older iPod model that is not supported it can still be used by connecting it to the Auxiliary Input Jack using a standard 3 5 mm 1 8 inch stereo cable See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack earlier for more information 3 69 Using the Radio to Control a USB Storage Device or iPod The radio can control a USB storage device or an iPod using the radio buttons and knobs and display song information on the radio s display J Tune Turn to select files K SEEK Press to go to the start of the track if more than ten seconds have played Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving backward through tracks DI SEEK Press to go to the next track Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving forward through tracks lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release lt REV to resume playing The elapsed time of the file displays bb FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release FWD to resume playing The elapsed time of the file displays i Information Press to display additional information about the selected track 3 70 Using Softkeys to Control a USB Storage Device or iPod The five softkeys below the radio display are used to control the functions listed below
117. bols and words work together to explain vehicle operation Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 25776712 B Second Printing Canadian Owners Canadian Owners Propri taires Canadiens A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s du concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 Num ro de poste 6438 de langue frangaise www helminc com Index To quickly locate information about the vehicle use the index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2008 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do not do this or Do not let this happen A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people Cautions tell what the hazard is and what to do to avoid or reduce the hazard Read these cautions A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle Many times this damage would no
118. brake system If you do both brake systems will not work well or at all Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Get to know the rig before setting out for the open road Get acquainted with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not as responsive as the vehicle is by itself Before starting check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connectors lamps tires and mirror adjustments If the trailer has electric brakes start the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This checks the electrical connection at the same time During the trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving the vehicle without a trailer This can help to avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer Because the rig is longer it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left move that hand to the left To move the t
119. call is received the audio system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle Press and begin speaking to answer the call Press CD VV to ignore a call Call Waiting Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work Press to answer an incoming call when another call is active The original call is placed on hold Press again to return to the original call To ignore the incoming call continue with the original call with no action Press D VV to disconnect the current call and switch to the call on hold 3 81 Three Way Calling Three Way Calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work 1 While on a call press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Three way call The system responds with Three way call please say dial or call 3 Use the dial or call command to dial the number of the third party to be called 4 Once the call is connected press to link all the callers together Ending a Call Press CD V to end a call Muting a Call During a call all sounds from inside the vehicle can be muted so that the person on the other end of the call cannot hear them 3 82 To Mute a call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Mute Call The system responds with
120. cation and emergency services may be deactivated and no longer available For more information visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada or press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Not all OnStar services are available on all vehicles To check if this vehicle is able to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in the glove box or visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week 2 38 OnStar Services Available with the Safe amp Sound Plan Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostic Email GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 trial minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only OnStar Services Included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped or Driving Directions Advisor delivered RideAssist Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls usin
121. ce If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even with ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work A slight brake pedal pulsation might be felt or some noise noticed but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If the vehicle has ABS it allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time However if the vehicle does not have ABS the first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down might be the wrong thing to do The wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to the driver s steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing the driver was trying to avoid or into traffic If the vehicle does not have ABS use a squeeze braking technique This gives maximum braking while maintaining steering control Do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This helps retain steering control With ABS it is different See Antilock
122. ce must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle s radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle Audio Steering Wheel Controls Vehicles with audio steering wheel controls could differ depending on the vehicle s options Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel lt Volume Press to increase or to decrease the radio volume NI V Next Previous Press to change radio stations select tracks on a CD or to select tracks and navigate folders on an iPod or USB device To change radio stations Press and release or V to go to the next or previous radio station stored as a preset Press and hold A or V to go to the next or previous radio station in the selected band with a strong signal To select tracks on a CD Press and release A or V to go to the next or previous track To select tracks on an iPod or USB device 1 Press and hold A or V while listening to a song until the contents of the current folder display on the radio display 2 Press and release A or V to scroll up or down the list
123. cel the panic alarm Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer retailer When the replacement transmitter is programmed to the vehicle all remaining transmitters must also be programmed Any lost or stolen transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed Each vehicle can have up to four transmitters programmed to it Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the KEY FOB BATT LOW message displays in the DIC See KEY FOB BATT LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 Notice When replacing the battery do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter Static from your body could damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 Separate the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the notch on the side 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing up Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Snap the transmitter back together Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have a remote start feature This feature allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle It may also start the vehicle s heating or air conditioning systems When you start your vehicle using the remote start feature the climate control system will come on and adjust the inte
124. ch and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback are using a single tether raise the headrest or head restraint and route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts If the position you are using has a fixed or adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 1 44 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH o
125. ck NONE None of the doors will automatically unlock You will need to manually unlock the doors If you have a manual transmission vehicle the door s will automatically unlock when the ignition is turned off If you have an automatic transmission vehicle you can select when the automatic unlocking will occur See UNLK Unlock Automatic Transmission Only following See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 10 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC UNLK Unlock Automatic Transmission Only This screen displays only if your vehicle has an automatic transmission and DRIVER or ALL is selected for the AUTO UNLK feature This feature determines when the automatic door unlocking will occur When UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings KEY OFF The door s will unlock when the key is turned off SHIFT TO P Park default The door s will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 10 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC EXT Exterior LIGHTS If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s
126. ck the vehicle if you are locked out A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar For security reasons the driver must present identification before this service is given Emergency Tow From a Public Road or Highway Tow to the nearest Pontiac dealer for warranty service or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Service is provided to change a flat tire with the spare tire The spare tire if equipped must be in good condition and properly inflated It is the owner s responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty Battery Jump Start Service is provided to jump start a dead battery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km Powertrain warranty period Items considered are hotel meals and rental car Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance Impound towing caused by violation of any laws Legal fines Mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Towing or services for vehicles driven on a non public road or highway Services Specific to Canadian Purchased Vehicles Fuel delivery Reimbursement is approximately 5 Canadian Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted Propane an
127. ck down Then shift into 1 First 2 Second Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into 2 Second Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal 3 Third 4 Fourth and 5 Fifth Shift into 3 Third 4 Fourth and 5 Fifth the same way you do for 2 Second Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal down To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to N Neutral N Neutral Use this position when you start or idle the engine R Reverse To back up press down the clutch pedal and shift into R Reverse Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped Also use R Reverse along with the parking brake for parking the vehicle Shift Speeds A CAUTION If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of the vehicle You could injure yourself or others Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift Up Shift Light If the vehicle has a manual transmission there may be an up shift light This light will show you when to shift to the next higher gear for the best fuel economy When this light comes on y
128. cle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests you to bring the vehicle for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation Program To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain and hybrid specific warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is th
129. cle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving 1 6 Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down Easy Entry Seat Coupe To use the easy entry seat do the following A CAUTION If the easy entry right front seat is not locked it can move In a sudden stop or crash the person sitting there could be injured After you have used it be sure to push rearward on an easy entry seat to be sure it is locked A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked 1 Push down the easy entry seat handle located on the rear of the seatback on the outboard side to release the seatback 2 Tilt the seatback forward completely while pushing the seat forward 3 Move the seat rearward until it locks into place after someone gets into the rear seat area Move the seatback to its original position and make sure the seatback is locked T
130. conomy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly The following information has many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before pulling a trailer 4 31 Load pulling components such as the engine transmission rear axle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Pulling A Trailer Here are some important points There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure the rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km the new vehicle is driven The engine transmission or other parts could be damaged Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that a trailer is towed do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Vehicles can tow in D Drive Shift the transmission to a lower
131. crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 52 The airbag readiness light flashes for a few seconds when the engine is started If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately 3 26 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving it means the airbag system might not be working properly The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury have the vehicle serviced right away If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message can also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 59 for important safety information The instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG Vi OFF ON 2 M SA United States Canada When the vehicle is started the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you are using remote start to start the vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will
132. d towards the radiator to remove it Disconnect the bulb base from the wiring harness by lifting the locking tab Disconnect the wiring harness from the bulb socket Remove the retainer by turning it counterclockwise Turn the bulb socket for the headlamp front turn signal or parking lamp counterclockwise For the sidemarker bulb use a tool to assist in turning the bulb socket Pull the old bulb out of the socket Install a new bulb 12 Reinstall the bulb assembly by reversing Steps 1 through 9 When reinstalling the headlamp assembly first make sure that the wiring harness is in its original position If not the headlamp assembly will not fit correctly Align the two tabs on the bottom of the assembly that fit into two slots in the headlamp assembly bracket Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL To replace a CHMSL bulb 1 Open the trunk 2 Press the tabs to release the bulb assembly 5 43 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps Coupe To replace a taillamp or rear turn signal bulb 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 for more information 2 Remove the screw retaining the taillamp assembly 3 Disconnect the wiring harness by lifting up on the tab to release and pull it straight out 4 Hold and turn the bulb socket clockwise and then release it from the lamp housing 5 Pull the old bulb straight out of the socket 6 Install a new bulb 7 Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to reinstall the
133. d Specifications 5 108 Storage Areas ooo slankere kh bak yis 2 41 Maintenance Schedule 222 6 1 SUMNOOE rasede an eN 2 42 Maintenance Schedule ecececececeeeeeee 6 2 Instrument Panel E L REE She pee kG one SERRA wesc ae 3 1 Customer Assistance Information ee 2 5 hes yee ET 7 1 Instrument Panel Overview c cceeee cece eee 3 4 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Climate Controls oo ceececceececeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 18 Reporting Safety Defects o oo eee 7 15 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 22 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 17 Driver Information Center DIC 2 3 39 Index oo sceecesceceeccesecesteeteceeceeseesetessasstestesteteasaees 1 Audio SysteMm S oo ccc cec ccc ec eee eceec eee eeeenenes 3 52 Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem and the name G5 are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed GM reserves the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division wherever it appears in this manual This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle Read this manual from beginning to end to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures sym
134. d by pressing the softkey under the Add tab when a removed category displays or by pressing the softkey below the Restore All tab Categories cannot be removed or added while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h Radio Messages Calibration Error Displays if the radio is no longer calibrated properly for the vehicle The vehicle must be returned to your dealer retailer for service Loc or Locked Displays when the THEFTLOCK system has activated Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer 3 61 XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a Satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in the vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 73 for more information Loading a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD begins playing When the CD is inserted the CD symbol displays A
135. d other fuels are not provided through this service Lock Out Service Vehicle registration is required Trip Routing Service Detailed maps of North America are provided when requested either with the most direct route or the most scenic route There is a limit of six requests per year Additional travel information is also available Allow three weeks for delivery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Must be over 250 kilometres from where your trip was started to qualify General Motors of Canada Limited requires pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair orders Once authorization has been received the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment Alternative Service If assistance cannot be provided right away the Roadside Assistance advisor may give you permission to get local emergency road service You will receive payment up to 100 after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance Mechanical failures may be covered however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehi
136. d stays on steady for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 56 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It ensures that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment This light should come on when the ignition is on but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer 3 33 If the check engine light comes on and stays on while the engine is running this indicates that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent Being aware of the light can prevent more serious damage to the vehicle This system assists the service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If the vehicle is continually driven with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well the vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or f
137. de airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 17 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 18 Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when the vehicle is started PASSENGER AIRBAG amp OFF ON 2 M SA United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you are using remote start to start the vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 27 1 59 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver airbag and roof rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors tha
138. ded with the vehicle only use it for changing a flat tire This vehicle may come with a jack and spare tire or a tire sealant and compressor kit To use the jack and spare tire see Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 80 To use the tire sealant and compressor kit see Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 72 5 71 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit A CAUTION Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 2 34 A CAUTION Over inflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the tire sealant and compressor kit instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed the recommended pressure 5 72 A CAUTION Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location If this vehicle has a tire sealant and compressor kit there may not be a spare tire tire changing equipment and on some vehicles there may not be a place to
139. deisen aa a e 3 14 Halogen BUDS iicccccaceteiecdssteexckdereancitenieden 5 41 Headlamp AiMing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 38 Headlamps cen sn pure okker 5 41 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps cseeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 42 License Plate Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps 5 44 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps 2 alderens Mee 5 44 Buying New TireS erne renees 5 65 C California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Califormia Fuel iscsi iiccecacetietach ans babe ere snes 5 6 California Proposition 65 Warning 5 4 Canadian OWNE S ceceeeeee eee eee eee eee een Eeit ii Capacities and Specifications eeeee 5 108 Carbon Monoxide Engine Exhaust wccces cece decades en wend elagan 2 34 MUNK ceee eno eera eA Ea A E 2 12 Winter DIVING sorger serende 4 19 Care of Safety Bells ts aitecasnctancnenss n 5 97 CDi MPS sipiccrncetetanteestinusauerunauainesenatamcueswianet 3 66 Center Console Storage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 41 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 43 GAINS THE sorora Lice acdcaticeathaddesaniedemeusencenewe 5 70 Charging System Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 28 Check Engine Lamp avidateceuttaaivtnninicaeta dee 3 33 Checking Things Under the Hood 00 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeee
140. dentification DOT be TIN oo and numbers following epartment o Transportation code is the Tire Identification pea Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer p and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture 8 1 Q E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 67 0 S k2 g a Oe D 9 lt lt 2 SJ LEN G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the Compact Spare Tire Example maximum pressure needed to support that load A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 93 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 71 5 50 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters a
141. destrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medic
142. down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle To lock the driver s door from the outside turn the key clockwise To unlock the door turn the key counterclockwise You can also use the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped to lock and unlock the doors From the inside use the manual lock knobs on each door or the power door lock switch to lock and unlock all doors Power Door Locks Your vehicle may have power door locks The locks are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrest Driver s Switch shown Front Passenger s Switch similar Press the side of the switch with the lock symbol to lock the doors This is the right side for the driver s switch and the left side for the front passenger s switch Press the side of the switch with the unlock symbol to unlock the doors This is the left side for the driver s switch and the right side for the front passenger s switch Delayed Locking If your vehicle has power locks it will have the delayed locking feature This feature will delay the actual locking of the doors for up to five seconds when the power door lock switch or remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the vehicle If any door is open when locking the vehicle three chimes will sound signaling that the delayed locking feature is active Five seconds afte
143. e 2 Say Digit Store The system responds with Please say the first digit to store followed by a tone 3 Say the first digit to be stored The system will repeat back the digit it heard followed by a tone Continue entering digits until the number to be stored is complete e If an unwanted number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the last number To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system say Verify at any time and the system will repeat them 3 78 4 After the complete number has been entered say Store The system responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone 5 Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK Ifthe name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 Ifthe name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu Using the Directory Command The directory command lists all of the name tags stored by the system To use the directory command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Directory The system responds with Directory and then plays back all of the stored name tags When the list is complete the system returns to the main menu Deleting Name
144. e s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to home furnishings may also transfer color to the vehicle s interior When cleaning the vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on 5 94 surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice Using abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on the vehicle could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on the vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in the vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning the vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening the vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Products that remove odors from the vehicle s upholstery and clean the vehicle s glass can be obtained from your dealer retailer Do not clean the vehicle using A kn
145. e severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Your vehicle may have roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 52 Roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes Roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A roof rail airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle ne
146. e FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Vehicles with TPMS operate on a radio frequency and comply with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 5 57 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists If your vehicle has this feature TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly if the vehicle has one The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS turns on the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster 5 58 At the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center D
147. e Octane Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If the vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 33 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the t
148. e and Appearance Care Engine Overheating esceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 27 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 29 Brakes sinni misiras irer heler eee Ahern laa 5 30 Battery 52 23k se se Ro nen RA OES 5 33 JUMP SMN enesenn a iea 5 34 Headlamp Aiming o 5 38 Bulb Replacement a nn 5 41 Halogen BUDS ges ak moenie 5 41 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps sniger eee ske 5 42 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 43 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps Coupe 5 44 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Sedan eeeeeeeeees 5 44 Back Up Lamps Coupe eeeeeeneeeeeee ees 5 46 License Plate Lamp c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 46 Replacement Bulbs c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 47 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 47 MPS oi courbes ete Nicene sedan E EE 5 48 Tire Sidewall Labeling eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Tire Terminology and Definitions 0 5 52 Inflation Tire Pressure 22265 rss beer beer 5 55 Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 eeeeee ees 5 56 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 5 58 Tire Inspection and Rotation i e 5 63 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care When It Is Time for New Tires 0 00065 Buying New Tires ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeees Different Size Tires and Wheels 0655 Uniform Tire Q
149. e driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery The vehicle s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that the vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement Turn the steering wheel 3 to 5 inches 8 to 13 cm about one eighth turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not
150. e fluid and filter do not require changing i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k f driving regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change I f driving regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary 6 8 Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure vehicle safety dependability and emission control performance Your dealer retailer can assist with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to the vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at
151. e information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM dealers retailers My Driveway Access quick links to parts and service estimates check trade in values or schedule a service appointment by adding the vehicles you own to your driveway profile My Preferences Manage your profile and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up visit the My GM Canada section within www gm ca Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 7 6 Canada Cust
152. e is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened The display does not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename is not displayed 3 67 Preprogrammed Playlists CDs that have preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however there is no playlist editing capability using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playlists that have an m3u or pls file extension and are stored on a USB device may be supported by the radio with a USB port Playing a CD R or CD RW MP3 J Tune Turn to select MP3 files on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press to go to the start of the track if more than ten seconds have played Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving backward through tracks DI SEEK Press to go to the next track Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving forward through tracks lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly Sound is heard at a reduced volume and the elapsed time of the file displays Release lt REV to resume playing 3 68 bb FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly Sound is heard at a reduced volume and the elap
153. e preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the dealer s area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements in
154. e pressure cap slowly clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant counterclockwise about two or two and one half i turns If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will let any pressure still left to be vented Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack out the discharge hose the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture ACAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly ge PEN 49 and remove it RESERVOIR D EXPANSION 105 kPa Q DEX coole Q S ouypae 5 23 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the COLD FILL line Wait about five minutes then check to see if the level is below the COLD FILL line If the level is below the line add additional coolant to bring the level up to the line Repeat this procedure until the level remains constant at the COLD FILL line for at least five minutes 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan 5 24 By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the COLD FILL line add more o
155. e speed is increased or decreased the wiper interval also increases or decreases 2 Delay While the lever is in the intermittent position turn the intermittent adjust band with this symbol on it up or down to select a shorter or longer delay between wiping cycles To the left of the adjust band are bars increasing in size from bottom to top that indicate the frequency of the wipes Smaller bars mean the wipers movement is less frequent Larger bars mean the movement is more frequent GER Low Speed For steady wiping at low speed B High Speed For wiping at a high speed WW Mist Move the lever all the way down for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then release The wipers stop after one wiping cycle Hold the lever down longer for more wipe cycles Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If they become damaged install new blades Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker stops the motor until it cools If the motor gets stuck turn the wipers off clear away the snow or ice and then turn the wipers back on As an added safety feature if the wipers are on for more than 15 seconds the vehicle s headlamps turn on automatically They turn off 15 seconds after the wipers are turned off Windshield Washer Press the button at the end of the windshield
156. e the fuel cap is fully installed See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off e Ifthe vehicle has been driven through a deep puddle of water the vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Make sure to fuel the vehicle with quality fuel Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and can cause stalling after start up stalling when the vehicle is changed into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up If one or more of these conditions occurs change the fuel brand used It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 If none of the above have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle The dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission co
157. e vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Sedan Only The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger position Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on the shoulder The belt should be away from the face and neck but not falling off the shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash Press the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position The adjuster can be moved up by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After the height adjuster is set to the desired position try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position Safety Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if the vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash Pretensioners work only once If the pretensioners activate in a crash they will need to be replaced and probably other new parts for the vehicle s safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts
158. eak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place and stopping 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 2 Park the vehicle Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in P Park 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training If a jack is provided with the vehicle it is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack If a jack is provi
159. ealant Canister To remove the sealant canister 1 Unlock the air only hose F from the sealant canister B by pulling up on the lever 2 Pull the air only hose F from the sealant canister B 3 Unwrap the sealant air hose F from the compressor A 4 Turn the sealant canister B so the inflator filling hose is aligned with the slot in the compressor 5 Lift the sealant canister B from the compressor and replace with a new sealant canister See your dealer retailer for more information To install a new sealant canister 1 Align the sealant air hose F with the slot in the air compressor 2 Push the sealant canister B down and turn it clockwise 3 Wrap the sealant air hose F around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose F onto the sealant canister inlet and push the lever down 5 79 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage The tire sealant and compressor kit is located in the trunk 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 2 Lift the trunk liner 3 Remove the retainer that holds the tire sealant and compressor kit 4 Remove the kit from the foam container To store the tire sealant and compressor kit reverse the steps 5 80 Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard
160. eard or felt while it is working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle See Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 for more information If the vehicle is in cruise control while TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage The cruise control can be re engaged when road conditions allow See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 When this light is on and either the SERVICE TRACTION or TRACTION OFF message is displayed the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information The Traction Control System comes on automatically whenever the vehicle is started It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if the vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 ee The DIC displays the appropriate message as described previously when the button is pressed To turn the system off or on press and release the ESC TCS button located on the instrument panel Traction Control Operation Traction contro
161. ected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem Care of CDs Store CD s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom of the disc If the bottom of a CD is damaged it may not play properly or at all Do not touch the bottom of a CD while handling it Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is dirty take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge 3 64 Care of the CD Player Do not add labels to a CD it could get caught in the CD player Use a marking pen to write on the top of the CD if a description is needed Do not use CD lens cleaners they could damage the CD player Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages earlier in this section Using the Auxiliary Input
162. ed Mast Antenna ccccccee eee eeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 87 Flashers Hazard Warning 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 6 Flash to Pass cccccceccec eee ceeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 3 8 Flat WE zsiros paeron sectors a a eiia 5 71 Flat Tire Changing cc2cscivsseccseseeceesieeeeegesevdeeess 5 80 Flat Tire Storing ccceceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 90 Fluid Automatic Transmission i e 5 19 Windshield Washer e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 29 Fog Lamp OG Er aie ecebieetee OSS 3 14 FOG Lamp ight Senone 3 37 Folding Rear Seat s0cc cccceea Greve enr 1 9 FUE AE E TE E 5 5 ACIIVES 22222 ark oa irer enes bedes 5 6 California Fusionen EEN RER 5 6 Economy Driving sasen el annaler 4 2 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 1 1W 1 1 1 1 W 5 10 Filling the Tatik cscs cites bor bjarne rdr fange 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries e eeeeeeeeee ee 5 7 Gage mrii reie a ie ed ess 3 38 Gasoline Octane cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeneeeeee eee 5 5 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 105 Floor Console Fuse Block naasen 5 104 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 103 Windshield Wiper e eeeeeeeeeceeeee eens 5 103 Gage Speedometer ccceceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 24 Tachometer erener enen a Eaa 3 24 Gages Fuel a SEER DE FE SEE SEES ERE 3 38 Gasoline SYSTE SER
163. ed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or akey You have two minutes to match each tire and wheel position If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position the matching process stops and you need to start over TPMS Matching Process for Vehicles with Remote Keyless Entry RKE 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Press and hold the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s lock and unlock buttons at the same time for about five seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn sounds twice indicating the TPMS receiver is ready and in learn mode 4 Start with the driver side front tire The driver side front turn signal also comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned 5 Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirp can take up to 30 seconds to sound It chirps one time and then all the turn signals flash one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position 10 11 The passenger side front turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and
164. ed vehicles call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Text telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For Canadian purchased vehicles call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year Calling for Assistance When calling Roadside Assistance have the following information ready Your name home address and home telephone number Telephone number of your location Location of the vehicle Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle Description of the problem Coverage Services are provided up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever comes first In the U S anyone driving the vehicle is covered In Canada a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often or the same type of claim is made many times Services Provided Emergency Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station Lock Out Service Service is provided to unlo
165. ed with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS this message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 48 Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 39 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 33 COOLING MODE ON This message may display on some vehicles Under severe conditions hot ambient temperatures steep grades and towing your vehicle may experience more transmission shifting This is temporary and normal under these conditions This does not require engine or transmission service CRUISE ENGAGED This message displays when the cruise control system is active See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information DOOR AJAR This message displays if one or more of the vehicle s doors are open Make sure that the door s are closed completely ENGINE DISABLED This message displays if the starting of the engine is disabled Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately ENG Engine PWR Power REDUCED This message displays to inform you that the vehicle has reduced engine power to av
166. ee Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 26 1 67 42 NOTES 1 68 Section 2 Features and Controls KEYS anaren AE EEEE 2 2 Retained Accessory Power RAP ccce 2 23 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Starting the Engine cceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 24 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Engine Coolant Heater eeeeeeeeeeeees 2 25 Operation escenari ean as 2 3 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 26 Remote Vehicle Start cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeenes 2 6 Manual Transmission Operation 00e 2 28 Doors and LOCKS eee 2 8 Parking Brake petersi 2 30 DOr LOCKS x stsuutscvees sieavecnevencieesges EEEE gere 2 8 Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission 2 31 Power Door LOCKS 00 cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 2 9 Shifting Out of Park Automatic Transmission 2 33 Delayed LOCKING ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeaes 2 9 Parking the Vehicle Manual Transmission 2 33 Automatic Door LOCK isses 2 10 Parking Over Things That Burn 0 2 34 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Engine Exhaust FELELETERE DORTE 2 34 Rear Door Security Locks Sedan 2 10 Running the Vehicle While Parked 2 35 Lockout Protection 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 MINT OLS akona eaaa aai aaa 2 36 a E T A ech tiecadla alain 2 12 Manual Rearview Mirror ccecce 2 36 WindoWS oes cass pccc hen eeeueeeeeeneeee re
167. ee Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 26 A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank but only when the engine is cool If the coolant surge tank is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Engine Overheating You
168. eeeeeeeee ees 5 101 Child Restraints Infants and Young Children s 1 32 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 39 Older Children ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee eeee 1 29 Child Restraints cont Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSHION ssztcitceientietaviedis caleaecheivenciaua ieee 1 45 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 48 SYSlCMS arnee reed licen ends eet Lene ere 1 35 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 38 Cigarette Lighter ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 3 17 Circuit Breakers seiis masas n eea tenes 5 103 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 100 Exterior Lamps Lenses ceeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 5 98 Fabric Carpet neien reeks ENDER see suckle 5 95 Finish Cale sccdcccciccsnecs lane eree paoa a ESE 5 98 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES sippa G Erna NETE REE EANET 5 96 ENO e e creer EEE 5 94 Leather ornearret E 5 96 TES eae a RER sent 5 100 Underbody Maintenance escececececceee 5 101 Washing Your Vehicle a se 5 97 WeatherStripsS criei annain ine o 5 97 Windshield and Wiper Blades 00 5 99 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 3 18 Outlet Adjustment c ccceceeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 20 Clock S tting srcani isre i iin vests 3 53 Clutch Hydraulic Esk 5 19 Collision Damage Repair c eeeeeeeeenee
169. eeenes 7 12 Compact Spare Tire ceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 5 93 Compressor Kit Tire Sealant 0 ceeee ee 5 72 Content Theft Deterrent ccceeeneeeeeeeee tenes 2 16 Control of a Vehicle ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 3 Convenience Net cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 41 Coolant ENGINE dimisit e a Mi eee A 5 24 Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 32 Surge Tank Pressure Cap ceeeeeeeeeee eres 5 27 Cooling SYSTEM as ora EA a a 5 20 Courtesy Transportation Program 7 10 Cruise Control ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 10 CGUPNOIGELS isis arrange Se E nede 2 41 Customer Assistance ceeeeeeeee eee eeneeeeeeeees 7 6 OlICES E S 7 6 Text Telephone TTY Users occse 7 6 Customer Information Service Publications Ordering Information 7 16 Customer Satisfaction Procedure eeeeee 7 2 Damage Repair Collision cceeeeeeeeee eee 7 12 Data Recorders Evente veccccactuteescsetateuastiendeace E T 7 18 Daytime Running Lamps DRL o c 3 13 Defensive Diving i een 4 2 Delayed LOCKING si siecscctscecnantancrtensenssedsarenecanacune 2 9 DISC MPS raean e a a 3 66 Doing Your Own Service Work sseseeeerererereee 5 4 Dome LAMP eise misionin na E E les Les 3 15 Door Automatic Door LOCK eeceeeeeeeneeeee teeters 2 10 Delayed LOCKING scoringer ekte KE 2 9 LOCKS FEED DE ar
170. eels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load Reapply the regular brakes Then apply the parking brake and then shift into P Park for an automatic transmission or R Reverse for a manual transmission Release the brake pedal 4 37 Leaving After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply the regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you Start the engine Shift into a gear Release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid do not overfill engine oil drive belt cooling system and brake system 4 38 Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help to find them quickly When trailering it is a good idea to review this information before starting the trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on
171. eering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0 eeeeeee ees Storage Areas Center Console Convenience Net cccccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees Cupholders Driver Storage Compartment Glove Box Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or SNOW 1 SUN VISOS eenei aai Sunroof Tachometer arana a E E ed ed Taillamps Turn Signal Lamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Text Telephone TTY Users 2 eceeeeeeees Theft Deterrent Feature cceceeeeeeeeeee ees Theft Deterrent Systems ecceeeeeeeeeeeee es Content Theft Deterrent PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer PASS Key IIl Electronic Immobilizer Operation serpere en naea EERE TUE WGC retiaria FEE SENE SEER EGER SEE DERES SENER 3 6 Time Setting oeeie a 3 53 Tire Pressure Lights riir ternuni nias esia 3 33 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit eeeee 5 80 TIES goro aa E A E ledn ok 5 48 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning sascusersinchieecenlturiinsedadestab ai 5 100 Buying New Tires eeeeeeeceeeeeeee ener eens 5 65 CAINS she cdihidiedecestiectherdimentsinsenncesiageenalenne 5 70 Changing a Flat Tire 20 00 00 cceeeeeeeeeee eee eee sar 5 80 CIC ANING das Seien a a Ea 5 100 Compact Spare sesioen er e i a 5 93 Different SiZ 162 roede aa SE a ES 5 67 If a Tire Goes Flat 22525 persere sanse 5 71 Inflation Tire Pressure 2 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 55 I
172. ehicle Personalization on page 3 47 2 4 Pressing may also arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 16 A Unlock Press to unlock the driver door If Ais pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors unlock The interior lamps turn on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the remote unlock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the turn signals flash to confirm unlocking See UNLOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 47 The high beam headlamps parking lamps and back up lamps may turn on when Ais pressed See EXT Exterior LIGHTS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 47 Pressing A on the RKE transmitter disarms the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 16 ga Remote Trunk Release Press and hold for approximately one second to open the trunk The trunk will open using the transmitter when the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h when the ignition is off or when the vehicle shift lever is in P Park Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press to locate the vehicle The horn sounds three times and the headlamps and turn signals flash three times Press and hold 2 for approximately three seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn sounds and the headlamps and turn signals flash for 30 seconds Press amp again to can
173. electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 103 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key III to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information It may be possible for the PASS Key IIl decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key IIl to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the already programmed key in the igniti
174. elts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also A interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 59 If you have any questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Custome
175. emote start system is disabled through the DIC The vehicle s key is in the ignition The vehicle s hood is open The hazard warning flashers are on The check engine light is on See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 33 The engine coolant temperature is too high The oil pressure is low Two remote vehicle starts have already been provided for that ignition cycle Vehicles that have the remote vehicle start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote start system enabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 47 for additional information Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked So all passengers should wear safety belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow
176. eneeeeeee eee eneees 3 26 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning 3 30 Brake System Warning eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 29 Charging System ccceeeceeeeeeeeaeeneeeeenes 3 28 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 32 Enhanced Traction System ETS Active 4 10 Flash tO2PaSS riis rese pas aE E 3 8 FOGS WAM De aiea oino eth cach F 3 37 Highbeatm On ssscevesaccss tetas Wierd nnes 3 37 High Low Beam Changer eeeeeeeee 3 8 Oil Press ufe 55 iris break panne 3 36 Of Reminder nteni eea a EE 3 13 Lights cont Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 27 Safety Belt Reminders eseeeneeeeeeee 3 25 OCUMILY eiio kreere bananas EEI ERGA 3 37 Tire Pressure 2 ccc ecc ccc ee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeseeenees 3 33 Up Shift cerraron eede EE E EEEF 3 28 Loading Your Vehicle 22 none rede 4 22 Locks Automatic Door LOCK cecececeeeeeeeee seen 2 10 Delayed LOCKING 2222 bs r bede 2 9 DOOM diae EE A T E ASETE 2 8 Lockout Protection cccceceeeeeeeee esses eeenees 2 11 Power DOOM ab re teea re 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS ceeeeeeeeee ees 2 10 koss Of Gontrol ccscdieseicceciictcies tiende seks 4 14 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 39 Lumbar Manual Controls ccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 1 3 Maintenance FOOtNOTES c cece eee ee eee
177. er restraint use A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 65 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A wet seat can affect the performance of the passenger sensing system Here is how The passenger sensing system may turn off the passenger airbag when liquid is soaked into the seat If this happens the off indicator will be lit and the airbag readiness light on the instrument panel will also be lit Liquid pooled on the seat that has not soaked in may make it more likely that the passenger sensing system will enable turn on the passenger airbag while a child restraint or child occupant is on the seat If the passenger airbag is turned on the on indicator will be lit 1 63 If the passenger seat gets wet dry the seat immediately If the airbag readiness light is lit do not install a child restraint or allow anyone to occupy the seat See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 26 for important safety information The on indicator may be lit if an object such as a briefcase handbag grocery bag laptop or other electronic device is p
178. er retailer service department and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting This system does not have its own reservoir It receives fluid from the brake master cylinder reservoir See Brakes on page 5 30 for more information Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what VAN CAUTION you will see An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan r gt U vE RS e HOES S Sa If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do N not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somew
179. ervice is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Usage Fluid Lubricant If the vehicle has a Tire Sealant and Compressor 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Kit check the sealant expiration date printed on the water and use only DEX COOL instruction label of the kit at least once a year Engine Coolant Coolant See Engine Coolant on See your dealer retailer for a replacement canister page 5 24 i DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid Recommended Fluids and Hydraulic Brake GM Part No U S 12377967 i System i Canada 89021320 Lubricants Hydraulic Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part Clutch System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer vee Optikleen Washer Solvent Usage Fluid Lubricant Chassis Lubricant GM Part No 12377985 Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute raring Brake in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Engine Oil Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol To determine the Manual Manual Transmission Fluid proper viscosity for your vehicle s Transmission Canada BER TE 800 engine see En
180. essary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if yo
181. exterior perimeter lighting to turn on each time the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When EXT LIGHTS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior perimeter lighting will not turn on when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior perimeter lighting will turn on when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 3 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 51 LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC will display When LANGUAGE appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English FRENCH All messages will appear in French SPANISH All messages will appear in Spanish GERMAN All messages will appear in German To select a setting and exit out of the personalization menu mode press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Exiting Personalization Menu The personalization menu will be exited when any of the following conditions occur Aten second time period has elapsed The i
182. ey to ACC ACCESSORY If this does not work then the vehicle needs service A CAUTION If you have a manual transmission removing the key from the ignition switch will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key to ACC ACCESSORY ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of the electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition 2 21 ON RUN This is the position in which you can operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument panel cluster warning and indicator lights The switch stays in this position when the engine is running If you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off the battery could be drained You may not be able to start the vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to ON RUN for driving A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened the ignition is in LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY and the key is in the ignition 2 22 Column Lock Release For vehicles with an automatic transmission the following procedure allows the ignition to be turned to LOCK OFF and ignition key to be removed in case of a dead battery or low voltage battery
183. f fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an ED
184. f steam try this for a minute or so 1 If you have an air conditioner and it is on turn it off 2 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in N Neutral for automatic transmission or NEUTRAL for manual transmission while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to P Park or N Neutral and let the engine idle 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for rese
185. f the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated See your dealer retailer if necessary Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 27 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C Protect against rust and corrosion Help keep the proper engine temperature Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL cool
186. f the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the call continues Ifthe system is not sure it recognized the name tag properly it responds Dial lt name tag gt Please say yes or no followed by a tone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the call continues Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the in vehicle Bluetooth system it will be retained indefinitely This includes all saved name tags in the phonebook and phone pairing information For information on how to delete this information see the above sections on Deleting a Paired Phone and Deleting Name Tags 3 84 Other Information The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This devi
187. ff and the lamps on a warning chime will sound This indicates that the headlamps are still on Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel Make sure it is not covered or the headlamps will come on when you do not need them The DRL system will make the headlamps come on at reduced intensity when the following conditions are met The ignition is on The exterior lamp control is turned to AUTO The light sensor detects daytime light The shift lever is not in P Park While the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps and instrument panel lights will not be illuminated The DRL system will be off any time the vehicle is in P Park The DRL system on U S vehicles can also be turned off by using the off on switch for one ignition cycle The regular headlamp system should be used when needed 3 13 Fog Lamps For vehicles with fog lamps the button is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The ignition must be on to use the fog lamps 40 Press to turn the fog lamps on off An indicator l
188. g voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Most vehicles include 30 trial minutes good for 60 days Hands Free Calling can also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit onstar com or onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation Vehicles with the OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation system can provide voice guided driving directions Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor locate a business or address and download driving directions to the vehicle Voice guided directions to the desired destination will play through the audio system speakers See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes Press the phone button and give a few simple voice commands to browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information This feature is only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls This vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact
189. ge on page 3 38 Fuel on page 5 5 and Filling the Tank on page 5 8 for more information LOW TRACTION If your vehicle has the Enhanced Traction System ETS or Traction Control System TCS this message displays and the ETS light or the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster flashes when the system is actively limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly This message stays on for a few seconds after the system stops limiting wheel spin See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 10 or Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 and Enhanced Traction System ETS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 or Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 for more information PARKING BRAKE This message displays if the parking brake is left engaged See Parking Brake on page 2 30 for more information POWER STEERING This message displays if a problem has been detected with the electric power steering Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately SERVICE ESC ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and a chime sounds if there has been a problem detected with ES
190. ge does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Bluetooth Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth capable cell phone with a Hands Free Profile to make and receive phone calls The system can be used while the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 30 ft 9 1 m Not all phones support all functions and not all phones are guaranteed to work with the in vehicle Bluetooth system See gm com bluetooth for more information on compatible phones 3 74 Voice Recognition The Bluetooth system uses voice recognition to interpret voice commands to dial phone numbers and name tags Noise Keep interior noise levels to a minimum The system may not recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise When to Speak A short tone sounds after the system responds indicating when it is waiting for a voice command Wait until the tone and then speak How to Speak Speak clearly in a calm and natural voice Audio System When using the in vehicle Bluetooth system sound comes through the vehicle s front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system Use the audio system volume knob during a call to change the volume level The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls To prevent missed calls a minimum volume level is used if the volume is turned down too low Bluetooth
191. gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions 4 32 e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on the vehicle s parts Do not tow when the outside air temperature is above 100 F 38 C Do not tow more than 1 000 miles 1 600 km per year Three important considerations have to do with weight The weight of the trailer The weight of the trailer tongue Weight on the vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how the rig is used For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight Ask your dealer retailer for our trailering information or advice Also see Customer Assistance Offices on page
192. gh and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include Allow extra following distance Pass with caution Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 48 Turn off cruise control Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle
193. gine Oil on page 5 13 Usage Fluid Lubricant Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Key Lock GM Part No U S 12346241 y in Canada 10953474 Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Manual Transmission Shift Linkage Chassis Lubrication Usage Fluid Lubricant Hood Latch Assembly Secondary Latch Pivots Spring Anchor and Release Pawl Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube ped and GM Part No U S 12346241 g in Canada 10953474 Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Weatherstrip Conditioning Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer retailer Maintenance Replacement Parts Part O Pan Number ACDelco Part Number Die Se me ew J Passenger Se 17in geo e TS Engine Drive Belt Routing Dotted line shows routing for vehicle
194. give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger 4 14 Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to the vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin If the vehicle has the Enhanced Traction System ETS remember It helps to avoid only the acceleration skid See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 10 If the vehicle does not have the Enhanced Traction System or if the system is off then an acceleration skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If the vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough the vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because sto
195. gnition is turned off The end of the personalization menu list is reached 3 52 Audio System s Determine which radio the vehicle has and read the following pages to become familiar with its features A CAUTION Taking your eyes off the road for extended periods could cause a crash resulting in injury or death to you or others Do not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings To minimize taking your eyes off the road while driving do the following while the vehicle is parked Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system Set up the tone speaker adjustments and preset radio stations For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Notice Contact your dealer retailer before adding any equipment Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with the operation of the vehicle s engine radio or other systems and could damage them Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment Notice The chime signals related to safety belts parking brake and other functions of your vehicle operate through the radio entertainment system If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle before installing it See Accessories and Modif
196. hat are wrong for the vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed Battery This vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label The battery is located in the trunk Access to the battery is not necessary to jump start the vehicle See Jump Starting on page 5 34 Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 34 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If the vehicle is driven infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This helps keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of the vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This helps maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 33 Jump Starting If the vehicle s battery has run down you may want t
197. he left side of the steering column on the bottom of the instrument panel Pull the cover down to open Convenience Net Use the convenience net located in the rear to store small loads as far forward as possible The net should not be used to store heavy loads 2 44 Sunroof On vehicles with a sunroof the switch that operates it is located on the headliner between the map lamps The sunroof will only operate while the ignition is on or turned to ACC ACCESSORY or if Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 23 2 42 Press the sunroof switch rearward to open the sunroof to the vent position If the sunshade is closed it must be opened manually in the vent position Press and hold the switch rearward a second time to open the sunroof If the sunshade is closed it will open automatically when the sunroof is opened To close the sunroof press the switch forward and hold it until the sunroof is closed The sunroof will stop if the switch is released Close the sunshade by hand Notice Forcing the sunshade forward of the sliding glass panel may cause damage and the sunroof may not operate properly Always close the glass panel before closing the sunshade The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure Do not keep the sunroof open for long periods of time Debris may collect in the tracks and possibly damage the sunroof and p
198. he child restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Install a LATCH type child restraint properly using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 for additional information 1 42 Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash attach only one child restraint per anchor A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set
199. he desired artist displays To change from playback by artist to playback by album 1 Press the softkey located below the Sort By tab 2 Press one of the softkeys below the album tab from the sort screen 3 Press the softkey below the back tab to return to the main music navigator screen The album name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album begins to play Once all songs from that aloum have played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD and begins playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the softkey below the Back tab to return to normal MP3 playback Connecting a USB Storage Device or iPod The USB Port can be used to control an iPod or a USB storage device To connect a USB storage device connect the device to the USB port located on the front of the radio To connect an iPod connect one end of the USB cable that came with the iPod to the iPod s dock connector and connect the other end to the USB port located on the front of the radio If the vehicle is on and the USB connection works OK to disconnect and a GM logo may appear on the iPod and iPod appears on the radio s display The iPod music appears on the radio s display and begins playing The iPod charges while it is connected to the vehicle if the vehicle is in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position When the vehicle is turned off the iPod autom
200. he fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 36 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Securing
201. he front passenger seat can be used to easily get in 4 and out of the rear seat 1 8 Rear Seats Split Folding Rear Seat You can fold either side of the rear seatback down for more cargo space To lower the rear seatback follow these steps Se y 7 j 630 ID p 1 Open the trunk and pull one or both of the small handles located in the center of the trunk Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 Push the seatback open through the trunk or pull it down from inside the vehicle To raise the rear seatback lift it up and push rearward until you hear a click Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked into place A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always pull forward on the top of the seatback at the area of the latch to be sure it is locked A CAUTION A Safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are
202. he mast becomes slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Occasionally check to make sure the antenna is tightened to its base If tightening is required tighten by hand until fully seated plus one quarter turn XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof or the rear of the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear radio reception 3 87 42 NOTES 3 88 Section 4 Driving Your Vehicle Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle 4 2 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 16 Driving for Better Fuel Economy s src 4 2 Before Leaving on a Long Trip eee 4 17 Defensive Driving ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Highway Hypnosis srsnsii secsi minsann 4 17 Drunk Driving sisscentccieresccone tee den bue L be bene 4 3 Hill and Mountain Roads u ssseeeeeerereeeree 4 18 Control of a Vehicle ccceeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneees 4 3 Winter DVINO sicker usteei uaa 4 19 Braking serne th ica nE a ED 4 4 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Antilock Brake System ABS i a 4 4 lce Or SNOW 25 ci foyer erion eean niena 4 21 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 5 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 22 Electronic Stability Control ESC ee 4 6 Loading the Vehicle d ber rain ERE 4 22 Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 7 TOWING a
203. he outside air temperature and the odometer display This mode shows the temperature outside of the vehicle in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C and the total distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km The outside air temperature appears on the left side of the DIC display and the odometer appears on the right side of the display To change the DIC display to English or metric units see UNITS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 47 3 39 TRIP A or TRIP B Press the information button until TRIP A or TRIP B display These modes show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time To reset the trip odometer to zero press and hold the reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed FUEL RANGE Press the information button until FUEL RANGE displays This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling in either miles mi or kilometers km It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the tank When the fuel level is low FUEL RANGE LOW displays The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As your driving conditions change this data is gradually updated The FUEL RANGE mode cannot be reset 3 40 MPG L 100 KM AVG Average Press the
204. he vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 97 5 31 Brake Wear This vehicle has front disc brakes and could have rear drum brakes or rear disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time the vehicle is moving except when applying the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When the brake wear warning sound is heard have the vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 108 5 32 If the vehicle has rear drum brakes they do not have wear indicators but if a rear brake rubbing noise is heard have the rear brake linings inspected immediately Rear brake d
205. he vehicle serviced by the dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light goes off Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause the vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 The vehicle s engine could be damaged and it might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated If this happens pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 for more information Tire Pressure Light For vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system this light comes on briefly when the engine e is started It provides information about tire pressures and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires is significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC can accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information Stop and check the tires as soon as it is safe to do so If a tire is underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 48 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is On Steady This indicates that there could be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light flashes for about a minute an
206. hen you open the hood here is what you will see Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 13 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 13 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 30 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 19 Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 105 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 34 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 34 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Cooling System on page 5 20 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 29 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is
207. here in the cooling system A Electric Engine Cooling Fan B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap 5 20 Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty A CAUTION 7 Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can i cause premature engine heater core or radiator Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts corrosion In addition the engine coolant could can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km can be burned or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run would not be covered by the vehicle warranty the engine it could lose all coolant That could Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in homer the vehicle cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan is running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If it is not your vehicle needs service 5 21 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank If coolant is visible bu
208. hlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash the vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice Using strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners 5 100 cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because they could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice Driving the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Never drive a vehicle that has aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff br
209. hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say Pair The system responds with instructions and a four digit PIN number The PIN number will be used in Step 4 Start the Pairing process on the cell phone that will be paired to the vehicle Reference the cell phone manufacturers user guide for information on this process Locate the device named General Motors in the list on the cellular phone and follow the instructions on the cell phone to enter the four digit PIN number that was provided in Step 3 The system prompts for a name for the phone Use a name that best describes the phone This name will be used to indicate which phone is connected The system then confirms the name provided The system responds with lt Phone name gt has been successfully paired after the pairing process is complete Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for additional phones to be paired 3 76 Listing All Paired and Connected Phones ils Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say List The system lists all the paired Bluetooth devices If a phone is connected to the vehicle the system will say Is connected after the
210. hold any of the DIC buttons If the condition is still present the warning message comes back on the next time the vehicle is turned off and back on With most messages a warning chime sounds when the message displays Your vehicle may have other warning messages AUTO Automatic LIGHTS OFF This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is disabled with the headlamp switch AUTO Automatic LIGHTS ON This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is enabled with the headlamp switch BRAKE FLUID This message displays while the ignition is on when the brake fluid level is low The brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 42 CHANGE OIL SOON This message displays when the life of the engine oil has expired and it should be changed When this message is acknowledged and cleared from the display the engine oil life system must still be reset separately See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information CHECK GAS CAP This message displays if the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to make sure that it is on properly A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the message off CHECK TIRE PRESS Pressure If your vehicle is equipp
211. how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire if the vehicle has one It should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 93 5 55 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the
212. ht comes on and stays on for several seconds then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver safety belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This only occurs if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 59 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel comes on and stays on for several seconds and then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion 2 If the passenger safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on The front passenger safety belt warning light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase handbag grocery bag laptop or other electronic device To turn off the warning light and or chime remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt 3 25 Airbag Readiness Light The system checks the airbag s electrical system for possible malfunctions If the light stays on it indicates there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the
213. ications on page 5 3 The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 23 for more information Setting the Clock Without Date Display AM FM Base Radio with a Single CD Player To set the time 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press D to turn the radio on 2 Press until the hour begins flashing on the display Press a second time and the minute begins flashing on the display 3 While either the hour or the minute numbers are flashing turn dd to increase or decrease the time 4 Press again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time otherwise the flashing stops after five seconds and the current time displayed is automatically set To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour press the button until 12H or 24H is displayed Once 12H or 24H is displayed turn the JJ knob to the desired option to select the setting Press the button again to apply the setting or let the screen time out 3 53 With Date Display Radio with CD MP3 and USB Port and Radio with Single CD MP3 Player To set the time and date 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press D to turn the radio on 2 Press and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the softkey located bel
214. icle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Check to make sure that you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer
215. ife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface A stiff brush It can cause damage to the vehicle s interior surfaces Heavy pressure or aggressive rubbing with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers can leave residue that streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Use only mild neutral pH soaps Too much cleaner that saturates the upholstery Organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc that can damage the vehicle s interior Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For any soil always try to remove it first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and ge
216. ight duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road 5 54 Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 64 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 67 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg p
217. ight on the button comes on when the fog lamps are on The parking lamps automatically turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off The fog lamps will turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness The control for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Turn the knob clockwise to brighten the lights or counterclockwise to dim them Dome Lamp The vehicle may have a dome lamp Move the lever to the following positions O Off Turns the lamp off even when a door is opened Door Turns the lamp on whenever a door is opened gt On Turns the dome lamp on Entry Exit Lighting The lamps inside the vehicle will go on when any door is opened These lamps fade out about 20 seconds after all of the doors have been closed or when the ignition is turned to ON RUN These lamps will also go on when pressing the trunk release unlock symbol or the horn symbol button on the Remote Keyless Entry System RKE Transmitter After the key is removed from the ignition the lamps inside the vehicle stay on for about 20 seconds to provide an illuminated exit Mirror Reading Lamps The vehicle may have reading lamps on the rearview mirror Press the button to turn the reading lamps on and off Electric Power Management This vehicle has Elect
218. igned for those fuels Notice This vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by the vehicle warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump isl
219. ine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Engine Oil on page 5 13 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Always reset the engine oil life system after an oil change See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System under Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 COOLANT Press the information button until COOLANT displays This mode shows the temperature of the engine coolant in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C Tire Pressure If your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS the pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure is shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the information button until LF PSI kPa RF displays for the front tires Press the information button again until LR PSI kPa RR displays for the rear tires If a low tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the tire pressure appears in the display See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information 3 41 DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems A message clears when the vehicle s condition is no longer present To acknowledge a message and clear it from the display press and
220. information button until MPG L 100 KM AVG displays This mode shows how many miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions To reset the average fuel economy press and hold the reset button while MPG L 100 KM AVG is displayed Average fuel economy is then calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it is continually updated each time you drive MPG L 100 KM INST Instantaneous Press the information button until MPG L 100 KM INST displays This mode shows the current fuel economy at a particular moment and changes frequently as driving conditions change This mode shows the instantaneous fuel economy in miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km Unlike average fuel economy this screen cannot be reset AV Average SPEED Press the information button until AV SPEED displays This mode shows the vehicle s average speed in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h To reset the average vehicle speed press and hold the reset button while AV SPEED is displayed OIL LIFE Press the information button until OIL LIFE displays The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life It shows 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It alerts you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions In addition to the eng
221. instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission e Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in N Neutral or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear when going downhill Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Driving on Snow or Ice Drive carefully when there is snow or ice betwee
222. intenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 To access the passenger compartment air filter 1 Open and empty the glove box 2 Lower the glove box door by pressing in on each side and lowering from the track 3 Pull the tab at the back of the glove box toward you and open the passenger compartment air filter door downward 3 21 4 Pull the filter out toward you Install the new air filter with the AIR FLOW arrow pointing downward Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reassemble 3 22 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could prevent injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to indicate a problem with the vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that explains what to do Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to show how
223. ion Control System TCS on page 4 7 and Enhanced Traction System ETS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 or Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 for more information TRUNK AJAR This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 12 DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle has personalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting All of the features listed may not be available on your vehicle Only the features available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since that time To change feature settings use the following procedure Entering Personalization Menu 1 Turn the ignition on while the vehicle is stopped To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release to enter the personalization menu If the vehicle speed is greater than 2 mph 3 km h only the UNITS menu will be accessible 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings for each mode If you do no
224. ion Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position For automatic transmission vehicles the ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in P Park The ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF For manual transmission vehicles the ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right It should only lock when turned to the right Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission P Park Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check the vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transmission in N Neutral slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only To check the P Park mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to P Park Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if s
225. ions Is the vehicle ready to be towed Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 17 Dinghy Towing Dinghy Towing From the Front To dinghy tow the vehicle from the front with four wheels on the ground 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY to unlock the steering wheel 3 Shift an automatic transmission to N Neutral or a manual transmission to Neutral 4 Release the parking brake To prevent the battery from draining while the vehicle is being towed remove the following fuse from the floor console fuse block 8 Ignition Switch PASS Key III See Floor Console Fuse Block on page 5 104 for more information Remember to reinstall the fuse once the destination has been reached Notice If 65 mph 105 km h is exceeded while towing the vehicle it could be damaged Never exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing the vehicle 4 29 Dinghy Towing From the Rear Notice Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it Also repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Never have the vehicle towed from the rear 4 30 Dolly Towing To dolly tow the vehicle from the front with two wheels on the ground 1 Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer s instructions 2 Put the front wheels on a dol
226. ir Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service only See footnote h Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect drum brake linings shoes for wear or cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering cables for proper hook up binding cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn
227. is applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 23 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 1 30 A CAUTION Never do this Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt The safety belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time A CAUTION Never do this Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The child might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and acros
228. is feature allows remote start to be turned off or on Remote start allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using your Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter When REMOTE START appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The remote start feature will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 6 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 48 LOCK HORN If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp every time the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp on the first press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter The horn will still chirp on the second press ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 3 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC UNLOCK HORN If your vehicle has
229. is in P Park and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into P Park hold the brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from P Park without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P Park 2 32 Torque Lock Automatic Transmission If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift into P Park properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of P Park This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into P Park properly before you leave the driver seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 2 31 Move the shift lever out of P Park before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of P Park Shifting Out of Park Automatic Transmission This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in P Park with the shift lever button fully released and Prevent movement of the shift lever out of P Park un
230. is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 54 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with ail E i R VUN ty roof rail airbags by routing a rope or tie down SES i ee RR m through any door or window opening If you do Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked If your vehicle has roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers they are in the ceiling above the side windows 1 55 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the
231. is off before driving Shifting Into Park Automatic To shift into P Park jeci 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking Transmission brake See Parking Brake on page 2 30 for more information z 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by holding in the A CAUTION button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer Automatic Transmission on page 4 31 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transmission on page 4 38 2 31 Leaving the Vehicle With the Engine Running Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave an automatic transmission vehicle with the engine running be sure the vehicle
232. ise accelerate due to steepness of grade If constant upshifting or downshifting occurs while driving up steep hills this position can be used to prevent repetitive types of shifts You might choose Intermediate instead of D Drive when driving on hilly winding roads and when towing a trailer so that there is less shifting between gears L Low This position reduces vehicle speed more than Intermediate without actually using the brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in L Low the transmission will not shift into a low gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place 2 28 Manual Transmission Operation This is the shift pattern Here is how to operate the manual transmission 1 First Press the clutch pedal and shift into 1 First Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into 1 First when the vehicle is traveling less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into 1 First put the shift lever in N Neutral and let up on the clutch pedal Press the clutch pedal ba
233. ist if this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly If the vehicle is in cruise control when the ETS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage The cruise control can be re engaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 10 FA ee The ETS indicator warning light may come on for the following reasons The indicator warning light flashes while the traction control system is limiting wheel spin Ifthe system is turned off by moving the shift lever to L Low the indicator warning light comes on and stays on To turn the system back on move the shift lever back to a position other than L Low The indicator warning light should go off The indicator warning light will come on when the parking brake is set with the engine running and it will stay on if the parking brake does not release fully If the transmission shift lever is in any position other than L Low and the indicator warning light stays on after the parking brake is fully released there is a problem with the system e Ifthe traction control system is affected by an engine related problem the system will turn off and the indicator warning light will come on If the ETS indicator warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the transmission shift lever is in any position other than L Low the vehicle may need service When this light is on solid the system will
234. ization on page 3 47 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes until the DIC display shows OIL LIFE RESET 4 Press and hold the reset button until the DIC display shows ACKNOWLEDGED This will tell you the system has been reset 5 Turn the key to LOCK OFF If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes back on when the vehicle is started the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the reset procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Recycle it by taking it toa place that collects used oil Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil cha
235. ked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire press
236. kled if necessary 1 50 7 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 8 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started If a child restraint has been installed and on indicator is lit see If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint under Passenger Sensing System on page 1 59 for more information To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position If your seat has a safety belt guide insert the safety belt into the guide on the head restraint by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide 1 51 Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have the following airbags A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger
237. knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before attempting any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If the wrong fasteners are used parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If doing some of your own service work use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 This vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 64 Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed See Maintenance Record on page 6 16 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Things added to the outside of the vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasolin
238. l found on the rear edge of the driver s door tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you oe heavy load you ct e spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct y Load Limit earlier in this section A CAUTION Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can If you put things inside your vehicle like Do not leave a seat folded down unless suitcases tools packages or anything else they y
239. l limits wheel spin by reducing engine power to the wheels engine speed management and by applying brakes to each individual wheel brake traction control as necessary The traction control system is enabled automatically when the vehicle is started and it will activate and flash the ESC TCS light and display the LOW TRACTION message if it senses that either of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction while driving For more information on the LOW TRACTION message see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 39 Notice If the wheel s of one axle are allowed to spin excessively while the ESC TCS ABS and Brake warning lights and the SERVICE ESC and or SERVICE TRACTION messages are displayed the differential could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel s excessively while these lights and this message are displayed Notice When traction control is turned off or Competitive Driving Mode is active it is possible to lose traction If you attempt to shift with the drive wheels spinning with a loss of traction it is possible to cause damage to the transmission Do not attempt to shift when the drive wheels do not have traction Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered See the warranty book for additional information The traction control system may activate on dry or rough roads or under conditions such as heavy acceleratio
240. ld Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 1 48 Airbag System 0 0 eee eee 1 52 Where Are the Airbags cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 54 When Should an Airbag Inflate 1 56 What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 57 How Does an Airbag Restrain ee 1 57 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 58 Passenger Sensing System seeeeeeeeeees 1 59 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle eeeeeeeeee es 1 65 Restraint System Check c eeeeeee eee 1 66 Checking the Restraint Systems 8 1 66 Replacing Restraint System Parts Altera Cras Mierea aaO 1 67 1 1 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving 1 2 If the vehicle has a manual seat it can be moved forward or rearward 1 Lift the bar to unlock the seat 2 Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Seat Height Adjuster Manual Lumbar On vehicles with this feature the knob is located on the front of
241. less the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of a an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 34 for more information To shift out of P Park 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of P Park 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service Parking the Vehicle Manual Transmission Before leaving the vehicle fully press the clutch pedal down move the shift lever into R Reverse and firmly apply the parking brake Once the shift lever has been placed in R Reverse with the clutch pedal pressed down the ignition key can be turned to LOCK OFF then remove the key and release the clutch pedal See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 28 2 33 Parking Over Things That Burn i A CAUTION The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage The vehicle s exhaust
242. light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag lf after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 26 for more information including important safety information 3 27 Charging System Light This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The light should go out once the engine starts If it stays on or comes on while driving there could be a problem with the charging system A charging system message in the Driver Information Center DIC can also appear
243. loading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 CAUTION Continued 5 48 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall ES 4109 MS S K lt 2si60R 16 9 gt s pe DOT MaLgae oxy af Z W es AT x A oF pers y Can a A by por Z Hovis oz 2 Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines If your vehicle has 205 55R16 size tires they meet the GM TPC Spec rating but the TPC Spec code has not been molded onto the tire s sidewall C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 5 49 D Tire I
244. ls you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Label Example Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION KKK KM MK KK KKK KKK KOK A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open 4 23 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle placard 2 ete MUS the Sat ce of the driver 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load ae alanis ah DS Tain M your from your trailer will be transferred to your venice vehicle Consult this manual to determine how 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver this reduces the available cargo and luggage and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs load capacity of your vehicle 4 The resulting figure equals the available If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Trailer Automatic Transmission on For example if the XXX amount equals page 4 31 or Towing a Trailer Manual 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib Transmission
245. lug the water draining system Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3 4 Climate Controls cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 18 Hazard Warning Flashers acceca 3 6 Climate Control System ccceeeeeeeeeeeee teens 3 18 OMe etedecashcieite sd EE A ED ED ER RER ERE 3 6 Outlet Adjustment 52222 sorberne bue eesnik 3 20 Tilt WCE ah eN en hell eect 3 6 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 21 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever PE tears 3 7 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 22 Turn and Lane Change Signals 2 3 7 Instrument Panel Cluster cccccccceeeeeeeeees 3 23 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 2 3 8 Speedometer and Odometer ccccccccceeseees 3 24 Flash to Pass 0 0eeeeeseee teeter tee ttt eeteeteees 3 8 Tachometer cccccccceceeseeeecececeeeeeeesaaneeeeeeees 3 24 Windshield WIDGIS cctheanandedecteciitmatatnetnendieas 3 8 Safety Belt Reminders ce 3 25 Windshield Washer sicccrvrecescseees et omeseeeseseeeecctexe 3 9 Airbag Readiness Light ce 3 26 Cruise Control cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeaeenes 3 10 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 27 Headlamps ERE ER EN ES LE A 3 12 Charging System Light secure 3 28 Wiper Activated Headlamps 1s 3 13 p Shift Light secen i aei 3 28 Headlamps on Reminder ceceeceeeeeeeeeees 3 13 Brake System Warning Light c0cc0eceeee 3 29
246. lus the rated cargo load See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding
247. ly 3 Move the shift lever to P Park for an automatic transmission and in Neutral for a manual transmission 4 Set the parking brake 5 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing 6 Remove the key from the ignition 7 Secure the vehicle to the dolly 8 Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the towing vehicle Towing a Trailer Automatic Transmission A CAUTION The driver can lose control when pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all The driver and passengers could be seriously CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued injured The vehicle may also be damaged the resulting repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel e
248. m manner Never use shoe polish on leather 5 96 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of the interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on the instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts It may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required
249. mand allows a phone number to be stored without entering the digits individually 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Store The system responds with Store number please followed by a tone 3 Say the complete phone number to be stored at once with no pauses e If the system recognizes the number it responds with OK Storing and repeats the phone number Ifthe system is unsure it recognizes the phone number it responds with Store and repeats the number followed by Please say yes or no If the number is correct say Yes If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered 4 After the system stores the phone number it responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone 3 77 5 Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK If the name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 If the name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu Using the Digit Store Command The digit store command allows a phone number to be stored by entering the digits individually 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a ton
250. mpressor pushes the sealant into the tire Once the sealant is completely dispersed into the tire the pressure will quickly drop and start to rise again as the tire inflates with air only Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure using the pressure gage E The recommended inflation pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 The pressure gage E may read higher than the actual tire pressure while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure reading The compressor may be turned on off until the correct pressure is reached Notice If the recommended pressure cannot be reached after approximately 25 minutes the vehicle should not be driven farther The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant and compressor kit cannot inflate the tire Remove the power plug from the accessory power outlet and unscrew the inflating hose from the tire valve See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 10 11 12 Press the on off button D to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit off The tire is not sealed and will continue to leak air until the vehicle is driven and the sealant is distributed in the tire therefore Steps 11 through 17 must be done immediately after Step 10 Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit as it could be warm after usage Unplug the power plug C from the accessory po
251. much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label you will find the label either attached above M AT ON REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed p RE kg or i Ibs the door lock post for a two door vehicle or below the door lock post for a four door vehicle The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 48 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tel
252. n Tire Pressure on page 5 55 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 5 63 If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS reset the TPMS sensors after rotating the tires See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 58 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 108 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 80 5 64 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need new tires if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is crac
253. n while turning or abrupt upshifts downshifts of the transmission When this happens a reduction in acceleration may be noticed or a noise or vibration may be heard This is normal If the vehicle is in cruise control while the system activates the ESC TCS light flashes and the cruise control automatically disengages The cruise control can be re engaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect the vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Enhanced Traction System ETS The vehicle may have an Enhanced Traction System ETS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power and may also upshift the transmission to limit wheel spin If the vehicle has ETS there is not an ESC TCS button on the instrument panel To turn the system off shift to L Low or R Reverse There is more information about how to turn the system off later in this section The ETS indicator warning light flashes and LOW TRACTION appears on the Driver Information Center DIC when the traction control system is actively limiting wheel spin The system may be heard or felt while it is working but this is normal Slippery road conditions may ex
254. n accessory power outlet do not use the cigarette lighter If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter use the cigarette lighter Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window Start the vehicle The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor 5 77 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Press the on off D button to turn the compressor on The compressor will inflate the tire with air only Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure using the pressure gage E The recommended inflation pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 The pressure gage E may read higher than the actual tire pressure while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading The compressor may be turned on off until the correct pressure is reached Press the on off button D to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit off Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit as it could be warm after usage Unplug the power plug C from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Disconnect the air only hose F from the tire valve stem by turning it counterclockwise and replace the tire valve stem cap Replace the air only hose F and the power plug C back in its original location Place the equipment in the original storage location in the vehicle 5 78 Removal and Installation of the S
255. n closed This allows you to exit the vehicle lock the doors using the transmitter and open the trunk using the transmitter without having to disarm and re arm the system Once the system is disarmed the security light will stop flashing How the System Alarm is Activated If the system is armed it can be activated by either Opening the driver s door or trunk This will cause a ten second pre alarm chirp followed by a thirty second full alarm of horn and lights Opening any other door This will immediately cause a full alarm of horn and lights for thirty seconds When an alarm event has finished the system will re arm itself automatically How to Turn Off the System Alarm To turn off the system alarm do one of the following Press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter The system will then re arm itself Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter This will also disarm the system Insert the key in the ignition and turn it on This will also disarm the system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If you hear three chirps when you press the unlock lock or trunk release buttons on the remote keyless transmitter it means that the content theft security system alarm was previously activated PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
256. n page 1 39 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 45 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 46 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 6 If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tethe
257. n page 3 31 for more information Have the system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SVC Service TIRE MONITOR If your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS this message displays if a part on the TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 33 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 58 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer 3 46 TIRE LEARN ON If your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS and does not have the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this message displays when the TPMS is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 56 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 for more information TRACTION OFF If your vehicle has the Enhanced Traction System ETS or Traction Control System TCS this message displays and the ETS light or the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster comes on solid when the system is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 10 or Tract
258. n the tires and the road creating less traction or grip Wet ice can occur at about 32 F 0 C when freezing rain begins to fall resulting in even less traction Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand Drive with caution whatever the condition Accelerate gently so traction is not lost Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick so there is even less traction Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more If the vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 10 it improves the ability to accelerate on slippery roads but slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions When driving through deep snow turn off the ETS if equipped to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds The Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 improves vehicle stability during hard stops on a slippery roads but whether the vehicle has ABS or not apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement Without ABS if the vehicle begins to slide let up on the brake pedal a little and apply steady pedal pressure to get the most traction On vehicles without ABS braking so hard that the wheels stop rolling can cause the vehicle to slide brake so the wheels always keep rolling so you can still s
259. n your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you A CAUTION Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light CAUTION Continued 5 36 A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts
260. nd numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 55 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S IT HIT A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards se
261. ndicator 3 27 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 21 Passenger Sensing System ceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 59 PASSING iais innan awaits a dede here een 4 14 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 18 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Op ration saci ccndenteeeteatenisacddentenenwesinnec nia 2 19 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Phone BIUSTOOtA econ oe cdanteenoadenenedgeeeucaredie 3 74 10 Power Door LOCKS somt anseelse rer ert song 2 9 Electrical System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeenes 5 103 Retained Accessory RAP eeeeeeeeeeeee ee 2 23 WINGOWS acdccisdanheunnscccdensddacteneamiainwbsneatinvetanes 2 15 Pregnancy Using Safety Belts 068 1 28 PRIVACY sarase ao E rede 7 17 Navigation System areires rii 7 19 ORSA e OaE 7 19 Radio Frequency Identification RFID 7 19 Program Courtesy Transportation ceeeeeeeeeee tenes 7 10 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Proposition 65 Warning California 0 00 5 4 R Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 7 19 RAdIO S oeiia n Eee Er R 3 55 Radios Reception sods veiw iagecancdeia aiene feed E E es 3 86 Setting the Clock cceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 53 Theft Deterrent no era rande 3 85 Range Adjustment Headlamps 0 1 7 Rear Door Security LOCKS
262. nees nerne 2 14 Outside Remote Control Mirror 2 2 36 Manual Windows 00ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 2 15 Outside Power Mirrors serene 2 36 Power WINdOWS cccccccceeeeesseeecceeeeeeeneeaaes 2 15 Outside Convex Mirror 1 scenerne 2 37 SUN ViSola aeaa aee ea ee E e E EE 2 16 OnStar System ssssssssssseeeeeeeeeenenee 2 37 Theft Deterrent Systems ccceeeeeee eres 2 16 Storage Areas sssseseeeeeeee reen kernerne 2 41 Content Theft Deterrent ssseeeee 2 16 GIOVEs BOX Aers sorte ledende NE T ora ae RA bores 2 41 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 18 Cupholders cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeneeeeeaeeneeees 2 41 PASS Key IIl Electronic Immobilizer Center Console Storage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 41 Operation 2 2 0 ceeeeeeeeee eee eee eee eee eee eeaeeaeenes 2 19 Driver Storage Compartment eeeeeeees 2 41 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 20 Convenience Net ceisir esonero sneis 2 41 New Vehicle Break In ccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeee ees 2 20 DUMMOOR viisain e AET 2 42 IGNITION POSITIONS 0 sc ectccseevetew nese merne 2 21 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function
263. ng child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 48 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 59 for additional information If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or loc
264. ng screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly The adjustment screw can be turned with a6 mm socket wrench Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam 8 Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim 9 Repeat Steps 6 through 8 for the opposite headlamp Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 47 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 5 41 Headlamps Front Turn Signal To replace one of these bulbs Sidemarker and Parking Lamps 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 117 3 A Front Turn Signal Parking Lamp B Sidemarker C Headlamp 2 Remove the two bolts from the headlamp assembly 3 Remove the two fasteners from the fascia Assistance may be needed for Steps 4 and 5 5 42 10 11 Pull the front fascia back Pull the headlamp assembly up at an angle an
265. ng the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Although the radio has a built in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference some static can occur especially around tall buildings or hills causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage may cause interference with the vehicle s radio This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference causes an increased level of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio unplug the cellular phone and turn it off Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged as long as it is securely attached to the base If t
266. nge after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 5 18 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required Never use compressed air to clean the filter To inspect or replace the filter remove the screws that hold the cover on and lift off the cover Be sure to reinstall the cover tightly A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into the engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the deal
267. not yet calibrated The system is not functional until the message stops displaying Adjust your driving accordingly When the message is no longer displayed the system is functional See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 6 for more information ESC Electronic Stability Control OFF If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster comes on solid when ESC is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 for more information ICE POSSIBLE This message displays when the outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly 3 44 KEY FOB BATT Battery LOW This message displays if the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter battery is low Replace the battery in the transmitter See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 3 LEARN COMPLETE On vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS has completed the tire learning process See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 56 for more information LOW FUEL This message displays when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible See Fuel Ga
268. ns that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt Older Children until the child passes the below fit test Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 23 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return Older children who have outgrown booster seats should to the booster seat wear ME Veniele s safety belts If you have the choice a child should sit in a position with a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide 1 29 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs Th
269. nses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 97 5 98 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer If the vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal P
270. nside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 34 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust Run the engine for short periods only as needed to keep warm but be careful To save fuel run the engine for only short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and close the window most of the way to save heat Repeat this until help arrives but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold Moving about to keep warm also helps If it takes some time for help to arrive now and then when you run the engine push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps Do this as little as possible to save fuel If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 22 If the vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a st
271. nspection and Rotation cc eeeeeeeeeee eens 5 63 Installing the Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 86 Pressure Monitor Operation eeeeeeeeees 5 58 Pressure Monitor System ceeeeeeee eee ees 5 56 Removing the Flat Tire aaneen 5 86 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 82 Sealant and Compressor Kit e eeeeeeeee 5 72 Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 49 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 90 Terminology and Definitions eee 5 52 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 2 5 67 Tires cont Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 68 Wheel Replacement ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 69 When It Is Time for New Tires 0006 5 64 Towing Recreational Vehicle csceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 28 Towing a Trailer ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 31 4 38 YOUR Vehicle sereni ne hes deen 4 28 Traction Control System TCS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee es 4 7 Traction Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneee ees 3 31 Traction System Enhance sne een a eee ere 3 31 Transmission Fluid Automatic cccccec eee eee ee eeeeeeeneeeees 5 19 Transmission Operation Automatic 2 26 Transmission Operation Manual 2 28 Transportation Program Courtesy 006 7 10 HT LTG teser BREDE SEE ERE E SEERE RE REE MER 2 12 Turn and
272. ntly rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water 5 95 If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of the leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss ina non unifor
273. ntrol equipment on the vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent getting a vehicle registration Here are some things to know to help the vehicle pass an inspection The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on with the engine running or if the key is in ON RUN and the light is not on The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD II on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if the battery has recently been replaced or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If this has been done and the vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD II system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 35 Oil Pressure Light US Canada Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light comes on briefly while starting the engine If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the light comes on and stays
274. number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the last number To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system say Verify at any time and the system will repeat them Using the Call Command i Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Call The system responds with Call using lt phone name gt Please say the name tag followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag of the person to call e If the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number e Ifthe system is unsure it recognizes the right name tag it confirms the name tag followed by atone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number If the name tag is not correct say No The system will ask for the name tag to be re entered Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers Using the Re dial Command 1 Press and hold for two seconds The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Re dial The system responds with Re dial using lt phone name gt and dials the last number called from the connected Bluetooth phone Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers Receiving a Call When an incoming
275. o use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start the vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the warranty Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage the vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system 5 34 Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start the vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in P Park or a manual transmission in N Neutral before setting the
276. oadside Assistance Program ceeeeeeeeeee es 7 7 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 22 Roof SUNOD seeds eais cit a E E 2 42 Running the Vehicle While Parked c c 2 35 Safety Belt Reminders cseeeeeeeeneeeeeaes 3 25 Safety Belts GANG OL ra ORTA 5 97 Extenders nen es iad bein natives 1 28 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 15 Lap Shoulder Belt c eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeaees 1 23 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 2 1 10 Use During Pregnancy cceeeeeeeeeee eee ee ees 1 28 Safety Defects Reporting to Canadian Government 7 16 Reporting to General Motors 2 7 16 Reporting to the U S Government 7 15 Safety Warnings and Symbols eseeeeeeeneee ees iii Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 6 4 Additional Required Services 0 0 eeeeee 6 6 Scheduling Appointments ceeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 10 Sealant Kit Tire cccccccec cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 72 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster ceeeeeeeeee 1 3 Easy Entry Seat ric jers niara ii Da 1 8 Heated Seats ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeees 1 4 Manual LUM Ar sic anessin sad 1 3 Reclining Seatbacks ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 1 4 Split Folding Rear Seat ceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 9 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen erates
277. occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform 1 56 e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has an electronic frontal sensor which helps the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For mor
278. oid damaging the engine Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible ESC Electronic Stability Control ACTIVE If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster flashes when ESC is assisting you with directional control of the vehicle You may feel or hear the system working and see this message displayed in the DIC Slippery road conditions may exist when this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly This message may stay on for a few seconds after ESC stops assisting you with directional control of the vehicle This is normal when the system is operating See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 31 for more information 3 43 ESC Electronic Stability Control NOT READY If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message may display briefly after starting the vehicle if the system s sensors are
279. omer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EXMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For U S purchas
280. on and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to the ON RUN position within five seconds of the original key being turned to the LOCK OFF position The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key Ill system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key Ill system at this time If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle 2 20 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice The vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km
281. on it means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly The vehicle could be low on oil and it might have some other system Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low The engine can become so hot that it catches fire Someone could be burned Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced 3 36 Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 16 Fog Lamp Light The fog lamp light comes on when the fog lamps are 9 in use The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 14 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 for more information 3 37 Fuel Gage Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with the fuel gage The fuel gage indicates At the service station the gas pump shuts off before how much fuel the vehicle the gage reads full has left It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The gage moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up The gage does not go back to empty when the ignition is turned off An arrow on
282. on briefly and then release it Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged Push and hold the SET part of the button until the lower speed desired is reached then release it To slow down in very small amounts push the SET part of the button briefly Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle s speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down Applying the brake will turn off the cruise control Ending Cruise Control There are two ways to end cruise control Step lightly on the brake pedal or the clutch pedal if the vehicle has a manual transmission This will only end the current cruise control session Press S to turn the system completely off Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed memory is erased when the cruise control
283. on is not shifted down the brakes might have to be used so much that they would get hot and no longer work well 4 36 On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce the vehicle s speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of the engine and the transmission overheating Vehicles can tow in D Drive Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions Pay attention to the engine coolant gage If the indicator is in the red area turn off the air conditioning to reduce engine load See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 When towing under severe conditions such as hot ambient temperatures or steep grades the vehicle may experience more transmission shifting A COOLING MODE ON message may also appear in the DIC This alerts the driver that the shifting mode is in progress and is aiding engine cooling See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 DIC Warnings and Messages for more information Parking on Hills A CAUTION Parking the vehicle on a hill with the trailer attached can be dangerous If something goes wrong the rig could start to move People can be injured and both the vehicle and the trailer can be damaged When possible always park the rig on a flat surface If parking the rig on a hill Press the brake pedal but do not shift into P Park yet for an automatic transmission or into gear for a manual transmission Turn the wh
284. on page 4 38 for important passengers in your vehicle the amount of information on towing a trailer towing safety available cargo and luggage load capacity is rules and trailering tips 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 4 24 Example 1 Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity Weight for 453 ka Example 1 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 2 Example 2 Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity A Weight for desko Example 2 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 Available Occupant Lc and Cargo Weight OO Peeing Available Cargo ka oe 250 Ibs 113 kg 4 25 Example 3 Item Description Vehicle Capacity A Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 0 Ibs 0 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x5 Available Cargo Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating 4 26 positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label S T MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP m DATE GWR GAWRFRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gig Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DARAOF M WN ABOVE 200 ASS CAR J A vehicle specific Certification labe
285. ontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 59 for additional information When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever a child restraint is installed be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the
286. ooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system Vehicles with Air Conditioning shown without Air Conditioning similar A Air Delivery Mode D Air Conditioning Control E Rear Window B Fan Control Defogger C Temperature Control F Recirculation To change the current mode select one of the following O Off Turn the fan control to this position to turn the fan off Temperature Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature 8 Fan Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed In any setting other than off the fan will run continuously with the ignition on The fan must be turned on to run the air conditioning compressor Air Delivery Mode Control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to change the direction of the airflow inside the vehicle Select from the following modes pe Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets Wi Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets ted Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows 3 Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air is directed to the windshield side window and floor outlets To defog the windows faster turn the temperature control knob clockwise to
287. ooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Voice The system responds with OK accessing lt phone name gt The cell phone s normal prompt messages will go through its cycle according to the phone s operating instructions Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTMF Tones The in vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers and numbers stored as name tags during a call This is used when calling a menu driven phone system Account numbers can be programmed into the phonebook for retrieval during menu driven calls Sending a Number During a Call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Dial The system responds with Say a number to send tones followed by a tone 3 Say the number to send e If the system clearly recognizes the number it responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues If the system is not sure it recognized the number properly it responds Dial Number Please say yes or no followed by a tone If the number is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues 3 83 Sending a Stored Name Tag During a Call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Send name tag The system responds with Say a name tag to send tones followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag to send I
288. or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between the vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster with a lot of heavy braking Keeping pace with the traffic and 4 4 allowing realistic following distances eliminates a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven brake normally but do not pump the brakes If the brakes are pumped the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops there will still be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied Once the power assist is used up it can take longe
289. order To use random 1 Press the softkey below RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays 2 Press the softkey again to turn off random play BAND Press to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing the track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found may display Playing an MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc The radio may have the ability to play an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc See Using an MP3 on page 3 66 for more information CD Messages CHECK DISC If an error message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons The CD player is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play The road is very rough When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again A problem may have occurred while burning the CD The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD 3 63 If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corr
290. ormation Center See D C Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 This light also flashes on the instrument panel cluster when the ESC system is on and activated A noise may be heard or a vibration felt in the brake pedal This is normal Continue to steer the vehicle in the intended direction When the light is on solid and the message s SERVICE ESC ESC OFF or both display the system will not assist the driver in maintaining directional control of the vehicle Adjust your driving accordingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 The ESC system is automatically enabled whenever the vehicle is started To assist the driver with vehicle directional control especially in slippery road conditions the system should always be left on But ESC can be turned off if needed If cruise control is being used when ESC activates the cruise control automatically disengages The cruise control can be reengaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 10 The ESC TCS button is located on the instrument panel ee The traction control system can be turned off or back on by pressing the ESC TCS button To disable both traction control and ESC press and hold the button from five to ten seconds When the ESC system is turned off the TRACTION OFF and ESC OFF messages appear and the ESC TCS light comes on to warn the driver that both traction control and ESC are disabled It is recommended that the system remain on fo
291. ot have the vehicle serviced by the dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light goes off If this light is on while certain DIC messages display this indicates that the ESC and TCS are not working or are disabled If this light is on and not flashing the TCS and potentially the ESC system have been disabled Check the DIC messaging to determine which feature s is no longer functioning and whether it is because of the driver turning off the feature s or because the system is not working properly and the vehicle requires service 3 31 If the TCS is disabled wheel spin is not limited If the ESC system is disabled the system does not aid in maintaining directional control of the vehicle If the indicator warning light is on and flashing the TCS or the ESC system is actively working Check the DIC messaging for details to determine which system is working If the LOW TRACTION message appears the system is limiting wheel spin If the ESC ACTIVE message appears the system is aiding in maintaining directional control of the vehicle See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 6 and Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 for more information See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information on the messages associated with this light 3 32 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light This light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle oe If it does not have t
292. other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range try this Check the distance The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle Stand closer during rainy or snowy weather Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again Check the transmitter s battery See Battery Replacement later in this section If the transmitter is still not working correctly see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions work up to 195 feet 60 m away from the vehicle There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 SA ep With Remote Start Shown Without Remote Start Similar Q Remote Vehicle Start For vehicles with this feature press to operate the remote start feature See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 6 Lock Press to lock all the doors The interior lamps turn off after all of the doors are closed If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the remote lock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the turn signals flash to confirm locking See LOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under D C V
293. ou can shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions let you For the best fuel economy accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on While accelerating it is normal for the light to go on and off if you quickly change the position of the accelerator Ignore the light when downshifting 2 29 Parking Brake Automatic Shown Manual Similar The parking brake lever is located between the front seats For vehicles equipped with an armrest lift the console armrest in order to access the parking brake lever 2 30 To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down If you forget to release your parking brake a chime will sound and the PARKING BRAKE message will appear along with the brake system warning light when the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light
294. ou need to will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going 4 27 Towing Towing Your Vehicle To avoid damage the disabled vehicle should be towed with all four wheels off the ground Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly 4 28 Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations What is the distance that will be travelled Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow Is the proper towing equipment going to be used See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendat
295. ow and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It sho
296. ow any one of the tabs that you want to change 4 To increase the time or date do one of the following e Press the softkey located below the selected tab Press DI SEEK or PD FWD e Turn dd clockwise 5 To decrease the time or date do one of the following e Press KI SEEK or I4 REV e Turn dd counterclockwise 3 54 The date does not automatically display To see the date press while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year 1 Press and then the softkey located below the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 2 Press the softkey located below the desired option 3 Press again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out Radio s ota O 103 7 FM1 eted Ps Te FAV ee eee CAT EAL E K DA K D gt coy BAND SEEK i SEEK REV FAD AUK O Radio with CD MP3 and USB Port shown Radio with CD MP3 similar Radio with CD Base The vehicle has one of these radios as its audio system 3 55 Radio Data System RDS The radio may have RDS The RDS feature is available for use
297. p shoulder belt properly Engaging the child restraint locking feature may affect the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 59 for more information 1 If the seat has a safety belt guide and the safety belt is not routed through the guide slide the edge of the belt webbing through the opening on the 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks guide Be sure the belt is not twisted Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure 2 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Extender on page 1 28 Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly if necessary 1 23 5 If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information 6 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants 1 24 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should return to its stowed position Before a door is closed be sure the safety belt is out of the way If a door is slammed against a safety belt damage can occur to both the belt and th
298. page 5 27 Towing a Trailer Manual Transmission Do not tow a trailer if the vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission Section 5 SEVICE nsina hays aE EEA 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 006 5 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 28 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle anesini uaa aa ar wade debare 5 5 UCD EE acs A BE EN E SEERE ERR FEE 5 5 Gasoline Octane 2 255 rsnnss skeer sen bek anisses 5 5 Gasoline Specifications sssssererereeeerernee 5 5 California Fuel cceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeneees 5 6 AGOIIVGS roende esan r tee eE AEE 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries sceeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the Tank wan cciseeccecteectsnnntecasnocdiees cdeti sees 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Release unread rrr eaaa 5 11 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Engine Oil sigirini roie aE 5 13 Engine Oil Life System neeese 5 16 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 0 ee 5 18 Automatic Transmission Fluid eeeeeee 5 19 Hydraulic Clute ri bi cite na eaaeteisdivetcere atuadesececaeeas 5 19 Cooling System ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeaeenes 5 20 Engine Coolant eese a 5 24 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 0 0 5 27 Servic
299. panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function body and the trunk hatch or liftgate Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death CAUTION Continued For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 34 Remote Trunk Release To open the trunk from inside the vehicle press the remote trunk release button It is located inside the driver storage compartment on the lower left side of the instrument panel See Instrument Panel Overview on page 3 4 or Driver Storage Compartment on page 2 41 On a manual transmission equipped vehicle the remote trunk release works when the ignition is either off or in ACC ACCESSORY or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h On an automatic transmission equipped vehicle the remote trunk release works when the shifter is in P Park Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside
300. parking brake Notice If you leave the radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always turn off the radio and other accessories when jump starting the vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle You will not see the battery of your vehicle under the hood It is located in the trunk You will not need to access your battery for jump starting The vehicle has a remote positive and a remote negative jump starting terminal Locate the remote positive terminal which is located under a red tethered cap on the engine compartment fuse block Lift the cap to access the terminal Locate the remote negative ground terminal marked GND which is located behind the engine coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the location of the positive and negative terminals on the vehicle 5 35 A CAUTION Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed i
301. parts including control module modifications are not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 65 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without
302. pecifications Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 108 for the wheel nut torque specification 5 90 4 Wheel Nuts 5 Wheel Nuts 14 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle s compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare the cover or the spare could be damaged Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place Base Model nmp Cover Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Stow Bolt Extension Rod Flat Tire Bolt 5 91 5 92 Uplevel Model Ommoowp Cover Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Stow Bolt Extension Rod Flat Tire Foam Support Bolt To store a flat tire and tools Remove the stow bolt extension rod and sleeve from the jack Screw the stow bolt extension rod and the sleeve into the existing spare tire hold down bolt If your vehicle has aluminum wheels first remove the center cap with your hand or the wheel wrench Place the flat tire face do
303. pped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 7 6 Restart the vehicle The passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the airbag for a child in a child restraint depending upon the child s seating posture and body build It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat 1 62 If this happens use the following steps to allow the system to detect that person and enable the right front passenger frontal airbag 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 3 Place the seatback in the fully upright position 4 Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with legs comfortably extended 5 Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit Additional Factors Affecting System Operation Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of prop
304. pping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until the vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If the vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If the vehicle does not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because headlamps can only light up so much road ahead Watch for animals When tired pull off the
305. r Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 65 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then check that the safety belt reminder light safety belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are all working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job See your dealer retailer to have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 25 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 97 1 66 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 26 for more information Notice If an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering
306. r See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it If your seat has a safety belt guide return the safety belt into the guide on the seatback by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 1 47 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position The vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear faci
307. r normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if the vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock the vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 ESC may also turn off automatically if it determines that a problem exists with the system The ESC OFF and SERVICE ESC messages and the ESC TCS light comes on to warn the driver that ESC is disabled and requires service If the problem does not clear after restarting the vehicle see your dealer retailer for service See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect the vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Traction Control System TCS The vehicle may have a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that the front wheels are spinning too much or are beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the front brakes and reduces engine power by closing the throttle and managing engine spark to limit wheel spin This light flashes while the traction control system is limiting wheel spin A ee The system may be h
308. r the rear axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 22 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire 5 53 Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some l
309. r the last door is closed all of the doors will lock and the turn signal lamps will flash To cancel the delay and lock the doors immediately press the lock button a second time This feature will not lock the doors if the key is in the ignition You can disable this function through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 47 Automatic Door Lock On vehicles with power door locks the doors automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of P Park for a vehicle with an automatic transmission For a vehicle with a manual transmission the speed must be greater than 5 mph 8 km h The automatic door locking feature cannot be disabled Programmable Automatic Door Unlock If your vehicle has power locks it has a programmable automatic door unlock feature The doors can be programmed through the Driver Information Center DIC to automatically unlock several ways See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 47 for more information Rear Door Security Locks Sedan Your vehicle has rear door security locks These prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them The label showing lock and unlock positions is located near the lock Security Lock Label shown To set the locks do the following 1 Insert the key into the security lock
310. r to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS The vehicle might have the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid If the vehicle has ABS this warning light on the instrument panel comes on briefly when the vehicle is started When the engine is started or when the vehicle begins to drive away ABS checks itself A momentary motor or clicking noise might be heard while this test is going on and it might even be noticed that the brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that the wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure to each wheel as required faster than any driver could This can help the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard As the brakes are applied the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distan
311. railer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle The vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so the trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance 4 35 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on the instrument panel flash whenever signaling a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps also flash telling other drivers the vehicle is turning changing lanes or stopping When towing a trailer the arrows on the instrument panel flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out For this reason you may think other drivers are seeing the signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving on Grades Notice Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding 6 miles 9 6 km Extended higher than normal engine and transmission temperatures may result and damage the vehicle Frequent stops are very important to allow the engine and transmission to cool Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade If the transmissi
312. rakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions CAUTION Continued 5 70 CAUTION Continued To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your vehicle s wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Notice If your vehicle has a tire size other than P205 55R16 or P205 50R17 use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle lf a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain the tires properly See Tires on page 5 48 If air goes out of a tire It is much more likely to l
313. ranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter The vehicle may have an ashtray and cigarette lighter To use the lighter located on the instrument panel below the climate controls push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 15 amperes To clean the center console ashtray remove the entire ashtray and empty it Notice If papers pins or other flammable items are put in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray 3 17 Climate Controls Climate Control System The heating c
314. rator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again repeat the procedure This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in the vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not the engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up in cold weather condition at or below 0 F 18 C Vehicles with am engine coolant heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord may exist which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above 0 F 18 C To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The electrical cord is located on the pas
315. re sealant available through your dealer retailer Factory installed Tire Inflator Kits use a GM approved liquid tire sealant Using non approved tire sealants could damage the TPMS sensors See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 72 for information regarding the inflator kit materials and instructions TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire if the vehicle has one The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section 5 59 One or more TPMS sensors are missing
316. re also stored with the favorite stations 3 58 To store a station as a favorite 1 Tune to the desired radio station and set the balance fade and tone settings to the desired levels 2 Press FAV to display the page where to store the station 3 Press and hold one of the six softkeys until a beep sounds 4 Repeat the steps for each radio station to be stored as a favorite To setup the number of favorites pages 1 Press MENU to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the softkey located below the FAV 1 6 tab 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the softkey located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press FAV or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency tabs and to begin programming favorites Auto Text Satellite Radio Service CD MP3 and WMA features If additional information is available for the current song being played Auto Text will automatically page scroll the information every three seconds above the FAV presets on the radio display By default Auto Text is enabled To change the Auto Text setting 1 Press MENU to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the softkey under AUTO TXT tab on the radio display 3 Press the softkey under the ON or OFF tab on the radio display If Lis pressed and the song title or artist information is longer than what can be displayed the extra information will page every three seconds when
317. reakers The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of the vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can There are two fuse blocks in the vehicle the floor console fuse block and the engine compartment fuse block There is one additional fuse located in the back of the vehicle near the battery 5 103 Floor Console Fuse Block 2 CIS CE ap CHICA a Ca con mn PS I 131 I FE Fuse Puller The floor console fuse block is located on the passenger side of the floor console behind the forward panel ply The panel has three clips Pull the panel to disconnect Empty the three clips and access the fuses Use the fuse puller to remove fuses 5 104 Fuses Usage F 6 Sami 8 Ignition Switch PASS Key Ill 2 Stoplamp S O Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning PASS Key III Elec
318. receiver is ready and the TIRE LEARN ON message displays The driver side front turn signal also comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Start with the driver side front tire Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirp can take up to 30 seconds to sound It chirps one time and then all the turn signals flash one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position 5 62 7 9 11 The passenger side front turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 The passenger side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 The driver side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 After hearing the single horn chirp for the driver side rear tire two additional horn chirps sound to indicate the tire learning process is done The LEARN COMPLETE message displays if all four tire positions are learned Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after entering the TPMS learn mode or if
319. repeat the procedure in Step 5 The passenger side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The driver side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 After hearing the single horn chirp for the driver side rear tire two additional horn chirps sound to indicate the tire learning process is done Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after entering the TPMS learn mode or if communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems 5 61 TPMS Matching Process for Vehicles without Remote Keyless Entry RKE 1 Set the parking brake Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off Using the Driver Information Center DIC press the INFO and Set Reset buttons at the same time for about one second Then press and release the INFO button until the TIRE LEARN message displays Press and hold the Set Reset DIC button for approximately three seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn sounds twice to indicate the TPMS
320. ric Power Management EPM an advanced control system It estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge and then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads 3 15 A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in s
321. rior to the temperature settings that you left it set to when you turned the vehicle off Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel The remote start feature provides two separate starts per ignition cycle each with 10 minutes of engine running time After your vehicle s engine has been started two times using the remote vehicle start button the vehicle s ignition switch must be turned to ON RUN and then back to LOCK OFF using the key before the remote start procedure can be used again See gnition Positions on page 2 21 for information regarding the ignition positions on your vehicle 2 6 If your vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter functions will have an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 for additional information Q Remote Start This button will be on the RKE transmitter if you have remote start To start the vehicle using the remote start feature do the following 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle
322. rrectly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire wheel and other parts of the vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit the compact spare Using them can damage the vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on the compact spare 5 93 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning The vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on the upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from the upholstery It is important to keep the upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible The vehicl
323. rums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing When the front brake pads are replaced have the rear brakes inspected too Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every moderate brake stop the disc brakes adjust for wear If rarely making moderate or heavier brake stops the brakes might not adjust correctly Very carefully making a few moderate brake stops about every 1 000 miles 1 600 km will adjust the brakes properly If the vehicle has rear drum brakes and the brake pedal goes down farther than normal the rear drum brakes might need adjustment Adjust them by backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking The vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When parts of the braking system are replaced for example when the brake linings wear down and new ones are installed be sure to get new approved replacement parts If this is not done the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings t
324. rvoir location Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 5 29 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder and on manual transmission vehicles the clutch hydraulic system use the same reservoir filled with DOT 3 brake fluid DOT 3 AR See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir 5 30 There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The brake fluid level goes down because of normal brake lining wear When new linings are installed the fluid level goes back up A fluid leak in the brake and or clutch hydraulic system can also cause a low fluid level Have the brake and or clutch hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes and or clutch will not work well Do not top off the brake clutch fluid Adding fluid does no
325. s after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger only runs for about seven minutes before 3 20 turning off If the vehicle is moving faster than 50 mph 80 kph the rear defogger will stay on The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid Outlet Adjustment Use the thumbwheels located next to and below the air outlets to change the direction of the airflow and to open and close the outlets Operation Tips Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into the vehicle Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively Passenger Compartment Air Filter The filter removes dust and pollen from the air which is drawn into the vehicle Airflow reduction is an indication that the filter needs to be replaced The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for replacement intervals To find out what type of filter to use see Ma
326. s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint CAUTION Continued restraint in a rear seat It is also better to secure a forward facing child restraint in a rear seat If you must secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go Never do this Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Never put a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat Secure a rear facing child CAUTION Continued 1 33 Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints
327. s each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner 3 62 Ejecting a CD amp EJECT Press to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player Playing a CD If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source J Tune Turn to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving backward through the tracks on the CD Dl SEEK Press to go to the next track Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume and the elapsed time of the track displays Release to resume playing the track bb FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume and the elapsed time of the track displays Release to resume playing the track RDM Random Tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential
328. s the chest 1 31 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag 1 32 system is designed for them Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle A CAUTION Never do this Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle Due to crash forces an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash For example in a crash at only 40 km h 25 mph a 5 5 kg 12 Ib infant will suddenly become a 110 kg 240 Ib force on a person
329. s without air conditioning 6 15 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 055 7 2 Online Owner Center ccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 2 2 ee ee 7 6 Customer Assistance Offices c eeeeeeeeeeee 7 6 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 7 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeee ees 7 7 Scheduling Service Appointments 20 7 10 Courtesy Transportation Program 0006 7 10 Collision Damage Repair 6 eeeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 12 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting
330. sed area that has A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 2 34 Follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 2 31 If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer Automatic Transmission on page 4 31 or Towing a Trailer Manual Transmission on page 4 38 2 35 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Hold the inside rearview mirror in the center to move it for a clearer view of behind your vehicle Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the headlamps behind you Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use Vehicles with OnStar have three additional control buttons located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 37 for more information about the services OnStar provides
331. sed time of the file displays Release FWD to resume playing The elapsed time of the file displays lt E Previous Folder Press the softkey below lt Eto go to the first track in the previous folder D gt Next Folder Press the softkey below I gt to go to the first track in the next folder RDM Random MP3 files can be listened to on a CD in random rather than sequential order To use random press the softkey under the RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays to play songs from the current CD in random order Press the same softkey again to turn off random play Music Navigator Press the softkey below to have the files played in order by artist or album The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of files on the disc The radio may begin playing while it is scanning in the background When the scan is finished the disc begins playing files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display Once all songs by that artist are played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order and begins playing files by that artist To listen to files by another artist press the softkey located below either arrow tab The disc goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either softkey below the arrow tab until t
332. senger side of the vehicle between the strut and the air cleaner filter 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts and prevent damaged The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors Ask a dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this 2 25 Automatic Transmission Operation If the vehicle has an automatic transmission the shift lever is located on the console between the seats There are several different positions for the automatic transmission O00000 P Park This position locks the front wheels It is the best position to use when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily 2 26 A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If
333. slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the remote keyless entry transmitter if the vehicle has one the power door lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position Lockout Protection If your vehicle has power door locks it will have this feature If you press the power door lock switch when the key is in the ignition and any door is open all the doors will lock and the drivers door will unlock Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking your vehicle The lockout protection can be overridden by pressing and holding the power door lock in the lock position for three seconds Trunk CAUTION Continued To release the trunk lid from the outside use the key or the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped A CAUTION Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate trunk hatch open or with any objects that pass through the seal between the If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk hatch open Close all of the windows Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument
334. ssembly at a local dealer retailer or in accordance with local state codes and practices 21 Replace it with a new canister available from your dealer retailer 22 After temporarily sealing a tire using the tire sealant and compressor kit take the vehicle to an authorized dealer retailer within a 100 miles 161 km of driving to have the tire repaired or replaced Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire Not Punctured To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant Always do a safety check first See f a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 71 1 Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit from its storage location See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage on page 5 80 Unlock the air only hose F from the sealant canister B by pulling up on the lever Pull the air only hose F from the sealant canister B Remove the power plug C from the air compressor A Place the kit on the ground Make sure the tire valve stem is positioned close to the ground so the hose will reach it Remove the tire valve stem cap by turning it counterclockwise Attach the air only hose F onto the tire valve stem and press the lever down to secure it Plug the power plug C into the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Unplug all items from other accessory power outlets See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 If the vehicle has a
335. sted under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 5 68 Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law It should be no
336. sts to the middle position The radio may also be capable of adjusting all tone and speaker controls to the middle position by pressing JJ for more than two seconds until the radio beeps once Finding a Category CAT Station XM Satellite Radio Service Only CAT Category The radio may have the CAT button feature To select and find a desired category 1 Press BAND until the XM frequency displays 2 Press CAT to display the category tabs on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays 3 Press either of the two softkeys below the desired category tab to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 4 To go to the previous or to the next XM station within the selected category do one of the following Tund Press the softkeys below the right or left arrows on the radio display Press KI SEEK or pl SEEK 5 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display the favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category 1 Press MENU to display the radio setup menu Press the softkey below the XM CAT tab 2 3 Turn dd to display the category to be removed 4 Press the softkey below the Remove tab until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove additional categories Removed categories can be restore
337. surance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preser
338. system has been modified damaged or improperly repaired There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or after market modifications that are not completely sealed If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle Drive it only with the windows completely down Have the vehicle repaired immediately Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation Exhaust may enter the vehicle if The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation parking garages tunnels deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes CAUTION Continued 2 34 Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclo
339. t are part of the right front passenger seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not According to accident statistics children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 60 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though the airbag
340. t by the U S Tire and Rim Association A tire size without the letter P as the first character is certified to European standards B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall 5 51 C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load 5 52 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power br
341. t service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 13 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j 0 0 Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 See footnote k Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a 0 02 ioe Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b Inspect engine cooling system See footnote c 0 0 0 0 i Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80 000 KELO 000 BLD 000 La 000 esac 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks oe Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine A
342. t Spotting cceeeeeeeeee ees 5 101 Vehicle Identification 0 ee 5 102 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 102 Service Parts Identification Label 5 102 Electrical System 0 ee 5 102 Add On Electrical Equipment eeee 5 102 Headlamp WING siscsorscaeeiciict nies aes 5 103 Windshield Wiper Fuses ccce 5 103 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 103 Fuses and Circuit Breakers n 5 103 Floor Console Fuse Block esceeeeeeeeeees 5 104 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 5 105 Capacities and Specifications 0 5 108 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco ig Parts EF Goodwrench ME Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to the vehicle they can affect vehicle performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Damage to vehicle components resulting from the installation or use of non GM certified
343. t an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally the oil must be changed at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where the oil is changed prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN with the engine off 2 Press the information and reset buttons on the Driver Information Center DIC at the same time to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personal
344. t be covered by the vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or Notice Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator CA This symbol is shown when you need to see your owner manual for additional instructions or information This symbol is shown when you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or information Vehicle Symbol Chart B Fuel Gage Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean For more information on the symbol refer to the index 4 Fuses D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer r a Airbag Readiness Light LATCH System Child Restraints KA A Gonaitamag Ko Malfunction Indicator Lamp amp Antilock Brake System ABS Y Oil Pressure Audio Steering Wheel Controls or OnStar Power Brake System Warning Light Q Remote Vehicle Start i m Charging System A Safety Belt Reminders Cruise Control E Tire Pressure Monitor E Engine Coolant Temperature gt Traction Control Y Exteri za r Exterior Lamps Windshield Washer Fluid pana Q2 Fog Lamps Section 1
345. t coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 1 58 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will inclu
346. t correct a leak If fluid is added when the brake linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake clutch hydraulic system A CAUTION If too much brake fluid is added it can spill on the engine and burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and the vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake or clutch hydraulic system the brakes or clutch might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 29 What to Add Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid from a sealed container See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake or clutch hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake or clutch hydraulic system can damage brake or clutch hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If brake fluid is spilled on t
347. t deterrent features however they do not make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system Arming the System With the ignition off you can arm the system by pressing the remote keyless entry transmitter lock button The system will arm after either of these things occur Thirty seconds after all the doors are closed Sixty seconds with any door open If you press the lock button on the transmitter a second time while all the doors are closed the system will arm immediately The system will still arm in 60 seconds if a door is open When the open door is closed it will also become armed The security light located on the instrument panel cluster will turn on to indicate that arming has been initiated Once the system is armed the security light will flash once every three seconds If the security light is flashing twice per second this means that a door is open If you do not want to arm the system you may lock the car with the manual lock knobs or the power door lock switch if equipped on the doors Disarming the System You can disarm the system by doing any one of the following Press the remote keyless entry transmitter unlock button Turn the ignition on If the system is armed and the trunk is opened using the trunk release button on the transmitter the system will temporarily disarm itself and re arm when the trunk has bee
348. t instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are in a crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and infants If a child will be riding in the vehicle see Older Children on page 1 29 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 32 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before
349. t make a selection within ten seconds the display will go back to the previous information displayed Personalization Menu Modes OIL LIFE RESET When this feature is displayed you can reset the engine oil life system To reset the system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 See OIL LIFE under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 39 for more information UNITS This feature allows you to select the units of measurement in which the DIC will display the vehicle information When UNITS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default in United States All information will be displayed in English units METRIC default in Canada All information will be displayed in metric units To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 47 TIRE LEARN If your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS this mode is available on vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system After rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor the TPMS must re learn the tire positions To re learn the tire positions see Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 56 See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 for more information REMOTE START If your vehicle has remote start th
350. t the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information 5 22 If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank add coolant as follows A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure too hot but you would not get the overheat cap when the cooling system including the coolant warning The engine could catch fire and you or surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of is no longer hot Turn th
351. te 6 1 57 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 58 When Should an Airbag Inflate 6 1 56 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 54 Airbags Passenger Status Indicators 3 27 Antenna Fixed MASE siaccnsstestcniacsdnjoiecanigcensa Een ovnen 3 87 Antenna XMIM Satellite Radio Antenna Systems 5 Erde 3 87 Antilock Brake System ABS a a 4 4 Warming Light 22h ES ENES Ascent 3 30 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 100 Care of Safety Belts ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 97 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeee ees 5 101 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 00 5 5 98 Fabhic Carpet ocsi sc ass bedere hh ars Ellen 5 95 Finish Gare seansni roninas nET 5 98 Finish Damage 2icsisie cctie cicteeesi eet eae 5 101 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES ccna as re eet a on aaia aea 5 96 Interior Cleaning iiis cece ee eee eee eeee eee eea seas 5 94 Leather siceiiscunsetacnnendsneeraldentssnaioevaranane besa dames 5 96 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 101 MES ror Er ER ERE RE ES E 5 100 Underbody Maintenance ssssseseeeeerersnrer 5 101 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeee een eees 5 97 WeatherstripS acessos poanio naii 5 97 Windshield and Wiper Blades 08 5 99 SIU AY ah rar odor aun set rude ende Een 3 17 Assistance Program Roadside 200
352. ted that the temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor S
353. teer Allow greater following distance on any slippery road and watch for slippery spots Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice Turn off cruise control if equipped on slippery surfaces Blizzard Conditions Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby If possible use the Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe Turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror A CAUTION Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle This may cause exhaust gases to get inside Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle is stuck in the snow Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe Check again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there CAUTION Continued 4 20 CAUTION Continued Open a window about two inches 5 cm on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind to bring in fresh air Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that circulates the air i
354. tem Operation on page 2 3 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 49 DELAY LOCK This feature which delays the actual locking of the vehicle can be enabled or disabled When DELAY LOCK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ON default The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door is closed You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter a second time OFF The doors will lock immediately when pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the RKE transmitter See Power Door Locks on page 2 9 Delayed Locking on page 2 9 and Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 3 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 50 AUTO UNLK Unlock This feature which allows the vehicle to automatically unlock certain doors can be enabled or disabled When AUTO UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ALL default All of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER The drivers door will automatically unlo
355. teps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver Battery Run Down Protection The vehicle has a battery saver feature designed to protect the vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the ignition is turned off the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after 20 minutes This prevents draining of the battery Accessory Power Outlet s Accessory power outlets can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone The accessory power outlet is located in the center console rearward of the shift lever To use the accessory power outlet remove the cover When not in use always cover the accessory power outlet with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to the vehicle can damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle war
356. th CD Base press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time While the ignition is off press Ito display the time For vehicles with XM MP3 WMA or RDS features press Ito display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or CD MP3 WMA song Song title information will be displayed on the top line of the display while the artist information will be displayed on the bottom line it the information is available during XM CD MP3 or WMA playback When information is not available No Info displays 3 57 Storing Radio Stations Depending on which radio the vehicle has radio stations are stored as either favorites or presets Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Radio that have a FAV button store radio stations as favorites Drivers are encouraged to set up radio station favorites while the vehicle is in P Park Tune to favorite stations using the softkeys favorites button and steering wheel controls See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be stored as favorites using the six softkeys located below the radio station frequency tabs and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press FAV to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM stations The current balance fade and tone settings a
357. the Child Within the Child Restraint A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint 1 37 Where to Put the Restraint According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child restraint in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 38 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger fr
358. the cruise control system on and off RES Resume Press to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press to set a speed and to decrease the speed To set a speed do the following 1 Press amp to turn the cruise control on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Get to the speed desired 3 Press the SET part of the control button and release it The CRUISE ENGAGED message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC to show the system is engaged 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Resuming a Set Speed Suppose the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brake is applied This disengages the cruise control To return to the previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once the vehicle is traveling at least 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES part of the button briefly The vehicle returns to the previously selected speed and stays there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed 1 Disengage the cruise control by applying the brake pedal but do not turn it off Accelerate to a higher speed and reset the cruise control 2 If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES part of the button Hold it there until you get up to the speed desired and then release the button To increase the vehicle speed in very small amounts press the RES part of the butt
359. the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and is complete start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil Do not smoke while pumping fuel coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other Do not use a cellular phone while fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could pumping fuel be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the interior hood release lever with this symbol on it It is located under the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle Then go to the front of the vehicle and push the secondary hood release lever to the left It is located under the front center of the hood toward the driver s side of the vehicle After you have partially lifted the hood a gas strut will automatically take over to lift and hold the hood in the fully open position Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Lower the hood until the lifting force of the strut is reduced then release the hood to latch fully Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary Engine Compartment Overview W
360. the fuel gage indicates the side of the vehicle the tuel door eon For the fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 108 3 38 Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC The DIC display gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display driver personalization menu modes and warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster oo The DIC buttons are located on the left side of the steering wheel INFO Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays lt t Reset Press this button to reset some vehicle information mode displays select a personalization menu mode setting or acknowledge a warning message Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release the buttons to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 47 for more information DIC Operation and Displays The DIC comes on when the ignition is on The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons The button functions are detailed in the following Information Modes INFO Information Press this button to scroll through the following vehicle information modes Outside Air Temperature and Odometer Press the information button until t
361. the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed 1 27 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy 1 28 The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints The manufacturer s instructio
362. the trunk until you have 4 Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the flat tire repaired or replaced all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet Notice Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty 5 86 Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire The front location is about 8 inches 20 cm behind the front wheel opening The rear location is about 4 inches 10 cm in front of the rear wheel opening 6 Raise the jack head until it fits firmly in the vehicle s frame where the notch is located nearest the flat tire 7 Put the compact spare tire near the flat tire A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack 5 87 9 Remove all of the wheel nuts A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 8 Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the compact spare tire to fit under the vehicle 5 88 A CAUTION R
363. the vehicle warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal GND B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 5 38 To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive terminal cover to its original position Headlamp Aiming The optical headlamp aiming system has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However If the vehicle is damaged the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described The vehicle should be Placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall
364. tify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 7 16 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35
365. to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why the right hitch is needed The rear bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper Will any holes be made in the body of the vehicle when the trailer hitch is installed If so be sure to seal the holes when the hitch is removed If they are not sealed deadly carbon monoxide CO from the engine s exhaust can get into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 34 Sealing the holes will also prevent dirt and water from entering the vehicle 4 34 Safety Chains Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so the rig can turn Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does the trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they will be installed adjusted and maintained properly Do not try to tap into the vehicle s
366. tric Power Steering Steering Wheel Control 20 22 23 XM Radio OnStar 25 Engine Control Module Transmission Control Module Interior Lights Steering Wheel Control Illumination Relays Uge Engine Compartment Fuse Block The engine compartment fuse block is located on the driver side of the vehicle Lift off the cover to check the fuses See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component 5 105 Fuses Use SPARES REAR DEFOG COOL FAN2 ORNK COOL FANT BOMS BOM2 FOG LAMP HORN AT HI BEAM LT HI BEAM RT LO BEAM LT LO BEAM a i DAL ie me FUEL PUMP XH ENG VLV SOL NJ AIR SOL Blank 5 106 Fuses PCM ECM EPS AIR PUMP PRK LAMP WPR IP IGN A C CLTCH CHMSL ABS2 Blank ECM TRANS BCK UP TRUNK HTD SEATS Blank Blank SDM ABS3 OUTLET MIR DLC CNSTR VENT Cage Engine Control Module Transmission Back Up Lamps Trunk Heated Seats Relays Usage REAR DEFOG Rear Defogger AIR SOL TURBO COOL FAN 2 AIR Solenoid L61 Engine Cooling Fan 2 LNF WPR HI LO Windshield Wiper High Low Speed CRNK COOL FAN 2 TURBO COOL FANS Engine Cooling Fan L61 LE5 Engine Cooling Fans LNF A C CLTCH Air Conditioning
367. tween Shuffle Off Shuffle All Songs Shuffle Songs Shuffle Album or Shuffle Folder Shuffle Off Press the softkey below XS to turn shuffle off This is the default mode when a USB storage device or iPod is first connected 2GS Shuffle All Songs Shuffle Songs Press the softkey below XF or XA to shuffle all songs on the USB storage device or iPod gt lt A Shuffle Album Press the softkey below to shuffle all songs in the current album on an iPod GF Shuffle Folder Press the softkey below to shuffle all songs in the current folder on a USB storage device XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 XM Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel Channel Unauth This channel is blocked or cannot be received with your XM Subscription package Channel Unavail This previously assigned ch
368. uality Grading ceeeeeeeeees Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement 0 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Tire Chans eeren nne ee eO EEn en E If a Tire Goes Flat ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 0065 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage Changing a Flat Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tile ncc 2nccren naranai eiiiai Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Compact Spare Tire c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Appearance Care l a eeen Interior Cleaning scorede Fabric CaRpet screeners ren aiii enaiis Leather crecdorra ena N hektar S Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES AE Care of Safety Belts cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es Weathersttips ssiawcsnipactenenendiecs eee eatie tiered Washing Your Vehicle sceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 97 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses e seeeeeen 5 98 Finish are E sne su E Ear earn 5 98 Windshield and Wiper Blades ee 5 99 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and TN tact spe staematenensanseetectencenensanncnane 5 100 TIOS herinne sasita aier Rba 5 100 Sheet Metal Damage seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 101 FINISh Damage siriene ena e ina 5 101 Underbody Maintenance 0seeeeeee eee 5 101 Chemical Pain
369. uck vehicle Refer to the vehicle s traction system in the Index If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on the vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 70 4 21 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Shift back and forth between R Reverse and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between 1 First or 2 Second and R Reverse spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while shifting and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If the vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 28 4 22 Loading the Vehicle It is very important to know how
370. uel system of the vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect the vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 3 34 This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades e If towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required An emission system malfunction might be corrected by doing the following Make sur
371. ul if parts need to be ordered The label has the following information Vehicle Identification Number VIN Model designation e Paint information Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to the vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain the vehicle battery even if the vehicle is not operating The vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 64 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses Should the headlamps fail to function have the headlamp system checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Fuses in the fuse block protect the power windows When the current load is too heavy the fuse opens protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed Fuses and Circuit B
372. uld be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 20 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest ys SAY N A SET J g KK AT pea pP The belt is behind the body 1 21 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it a b The belt is twisted across the body 1 22 Lap Shoulder Belt 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted All seating positions in the vehicle have a The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt lap shoulder belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt ae i s go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt The following instructions explain how to wear a across you more slowly la
373. uld go off Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect the vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Steering Electric Power Steering If the engine stalls while driving the power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are able to stop the vehicle If power steering assist is lost because the electric power steering system is not functioning the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort If you turn the steering wheel in either direction several times until it stops or hold the steering wheel in the stopped position for an extended amount of time you may notice a reduced amount of power steering assist The normal amount of power steering assist should return shortly after a few normal steering movements The electric power steering system does not require regular maintenance If you suspect steering system problems and or the POWER STEERING message comes on contact your dealer retailer for service repairs See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 42 Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed Traction in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and vehicle speed While in a curve speed is the one factor that can be controlled 4 12 If there is a need to reduce speed do it before entering the curve while the front wheels are straight Try
374. ur insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue S E Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect no
375. ure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 49 for additional information 5 65 GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 for information on proper tire rotation A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 93 5 66 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on the vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle
376. ush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being
377. ust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When changing a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 80 10 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 11 12 13 Place the compact spare tire on the wheel mounting surface A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut clockwise by hand until the wheel is held against the hub Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 5 89 A CAUTION Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 108 for original equipment wheel nut torque s
378. ut on an unoccupied seat If this is not desired remove the object from the seat A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 64 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change the vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety b
379. valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 56 Tire Pressure Monitor System The vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS This system uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the
380. ved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility We recommend that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Veh
381. vehicle is not moving A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked Your seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever To recline the seatback do the following used to operate them is located on the outboard 1 Lift the recline lever side of the seats B 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position 4 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is OR locked A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even when buckled up the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehi
382. ving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally service the vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that the first service be Maintenance I the second service be Maintenance II and then alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the CHANGE OIL SOON message displays within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the CHANGE OIL SOON message displays 10 months or more since the las
383. vive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts no
384. wer outlet in the vehicle Turn the sealant air hose F counterclockwise to remove it from the tire valve stem 5 75 13 Replace the tire valve stem cap 14 Replace the sealant air hose F and the power plug C back in their original location 15 If the flat tire was able to inflate to the recommended inflation pressure remove the maximum speed label from the sealant canister B and place it in a highly visible location The label is a reminder not to exceed 55 mph 90 km h until the damaged tire is repaired or replaced 16 Return the equipment to its original storage location in the vehicle 17 Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km to distribute the sealant in the tire 5 76 18 Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure Refer to Steps 1 through 11 under Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire Not Punctured If the tire pressure has fallen more than 10 psi 68 kPa below the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant cannot seal the tire See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 kPa from the recommended inflation pressure inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure 19 Wipe off any sealant from the wheel tire or vehicle 20 Dispose of the used sealant canister B and sealant air hose F a
385. will find an engine coolant temperature warning light on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 32 for more information 5 27 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If the engine catches fire because of being driven with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty 5 28 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An engine coolant temperature warning can indicate a serious problem See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 32 If you get an engine coolant temperature warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving Idle for long periods in traffic Tow atrailer If you get the engine coolant temperature warning with no sign o
386. wiper lever until the washers begin A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision When the button is released the washers stop but the wipers continue to wipe about three times or resume the previous speed Cruise Control With cruise control a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h The brake must be applied at least one time after the vehicle has been started before cruise control will function A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use the cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the outboard side of the steering wheel On Off Press to turn
387. wn into the spare tire tub Re attach the wheel wrench to the jack Place the jack into the center of the flat tire being careful not to scratch the inside of the wheel Remove the plastic sleeve from the stow bolt extension rod Secure the jack and road wheel using the larger plastic retainer If used in the vehicle place the smaller jack retainer nut in a safe place until you are ready to store the compact spare tire in the trunk again To store the compact spare tire and tools follow the previous procedure without using the stow bolt extension rod and see Removing the Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 82 and follow the removal procedure in reverse for the proper jack storage instructions for this vehicle The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare with a full size tire as soon as possible Compact Spare Tire A CAUTION Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured Use only one compact spare tire at a time This vehicle may have a compact spare tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle if the vehicle has one stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is co
388. xtension USB Supported File and Folder Structure The radio supports Up to 700 folders Up to 8 folders in depth Up to 65 535 files Folder and file names up to 64 bytes Files with an mp3 or wma file extension AAC files stored on an iPod FAT16 FAT32 Root Directory The root directory is treated as a folder Files are stored in the root directory when the disc or storage device does not contain folders Files accessed from the root directory of a CD display as F1 ROOT Empty Folder Folders that do not contain files are skipped and the player advances to the next folder that contains files Order of Play Tracks are played in the following order Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode has been chosen as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song nam
389. you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know WO Ss 4 Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this on A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn l
390. ype of fuel used repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if the vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly one bottle of GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change can help clean deposits from fuel injectors and intake valves GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only gasoline additive recommended by General Motors Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not des
391. ystem TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 80 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on the vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel 5 69 Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has P205 55R16 or P205 50R17 size tires do not use tire chains They can damage your vehicle because there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the b

caution - Pontiac

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents